Garmin | G1000 NXi: Piper PA-28-181 Archer | Garmin G1000 NXi: Piper PA-28-181 Archer G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28-181 Archer

Garmin G1000 NXi: Piper PA-28-181 Archer G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28-181 Archer
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ABNORMAL OPERATION
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
APPENDIX
INDEX
Copyright © 2017 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version
2698.04 or later for the G1000 NXi Piper PA-28-181 Archer. Some
differences in operation may be observed when comparing the
information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062,
U.S.A.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business
Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR
U.K.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road Xizhi
District,
New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support at www.flygarmin.com.
For warranty information refer to www.flygarmin.com.
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be
reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or
stored in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express
written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this
manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be
viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic or printed
copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of
this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized
commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is
strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, G1000® NXi, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered
trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Garmin
ESP™, Garmin SVT™, and Connext™ are trademarks of Garmin
International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be
used without the express permission of Garmin.
AC-U-KWIK® is a registered trademark of Penton Business Media
Inc. NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc. Wi-Fi® is
a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. SiriusXM Weather and
SiriusXM Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio,
Inc. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under
license.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations
(hereinafter collectively “AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the AOPA information included in this data, express
or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information
is provided “as is” and AOPA does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise.
Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable
for any incidental, special or consequential damages that result from
the use or inability to use the software or related documentation,
even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been
advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue
AOPA and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and
hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses
related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of
implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential
damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to
you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “ACU-KWIK Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with
respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included in this data, express
or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information
is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or
make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or
otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations
and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold
harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action,
claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the
information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the
datasets. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion
of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential
damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to
licensee.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of
information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin
obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for
verification of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical data
may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic control
altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used for
compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the sole
means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of
equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from aircraft or
ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near,
or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within data link
weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data
for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link
weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) are only advisory in
nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain
avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts for
appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Always obtain qualified instruction prior to operational use of this
equipment.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a
‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are
derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible with
the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be
positioned in error as displayed.
WARNING: When using the autopilot to fly an approach with vertical guidance,
the autopilot will not level the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set
in the altitude preselect.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision
avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance
resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or conditions relieve
the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, do not rely on the
accuracy of attitude and heading indications in the following geographic areas:
North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South of 70° South latitude at all
longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W.
(Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and
128° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85°
E and 114° E. (Northern Russia); South of 55° South latitude between longitude
120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New Zealand).
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational
awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon
which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles,
or traffic.
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the
Garmin SVT display or may appear as a partial symbol.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means for
determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining the
proper approach path angle during landing.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle
avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System
functions will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only a QNH
altimeter setting for height above mean sea level, or the standard pressure
setting, as applicable.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners
containing ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center.
Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and affect
the airworthiness of the aircraft.
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official
sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen
images of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may not
reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of equipment
may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System
and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is
subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS
equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information
presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore,
become unsafe.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can
cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is
on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the source
of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or
blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive
harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition
65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer
to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures,
or electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result in
nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while
taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation
indicates no comparison is possible.
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded
within that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system
operation may be observed among similar types of procedures due to
differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin
database-dependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and
advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in the
National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained
from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen that
have a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA are assured
compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs). A copy of the Type 2
LOA is available for each applicable database and can be viewed at http://
fly.garmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database Declarations.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is
required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but does
not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that may be
presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in
accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or limitations as
applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be
incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by
selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database
alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database
alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database
Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of
an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any
other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the
ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: The system supports approval of AC 120-76C Hardware Class 3,
Software Type B Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) electronic aeronautical chart
applications. Possible additional requirements may make a secondary source
(traditional paper or additional electronic display) necessary onboard the aircraft.
If the secondary source is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use must be
consistent with guidance in AC 120-76C.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in
addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in the
strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points in the
strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear
after the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Operate G1000NXi system power through at least one cycle in a period
of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous system reboot.
NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a
resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of the
system more easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating guide.
Complete operating procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s Guide for
this aircraft.
NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain
Special Procedures. Prior to flying these procedures, pilots must have specific
FAA authorization, training, and possession of the corresponding current, and
legitimately-sourced chart (approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the Special
Procedure in the navigation database DOES NOT imply specific FAA
authorization to fly the procedure.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Software License Agreement
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD
BY GARMIN (“THE GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries
(“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the software embedded in the Garmin
Product (the “Software”) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the Garmin
Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software
remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software
is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the
United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further
acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable trade
secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code
form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree
not to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or
reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative
works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any
country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Software License Agreement
BLANK PAGE
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Record of Revisions
Record of Revisions
Part Number
Rev
Date
Page Range
190–02131–00
A
B
C
Oct 2016
Oct 2016
Oct 2016
All
All
All
Description
Initial Release GDU
20.02
Clerical
Updated:
• Bluetooth information
• Connext information
• SiriusXM information
• SiriusXM
Weather
symbology
190–02131–01
A
Apr 2017
All
Initial Release GDU
20.10
190–02131-02
A
Dec 2017
All
Initial Release GDU
20.80
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Record of Revisions
BLANK PAGE
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Table of Contents
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS...........................................................................................1
Flight Instruments...............................................................................................1
Supplemental Flight Data...................................................................................5
PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions...................................................... 6
Garmin Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT)....................................................... 7
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM............................................................................. 9
Engine Display.....................................................................................................9
Engine Page.......................................................................................................10
EIS Display (Reversionary Mode)..................................................................... 13
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS......................................................................................15
COM Operation................................................................................................. 15
NAV Operation.................................................................................................. 16
Mode S Transponder.........................................................................................19
Additional Audio Panel Functions................................................................... 20
Audio Panel Preflight Procedure......................................................................29
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT....................................................................................... 31
Introduction.......................................................................................................31
Using Map Displays.......................................................................................... 31
Waypoints......................................................................................................... 37
Airspaces............................................................................................................46
Direct-To Navigation......................................................................................... 47
Flight Planning.................................................................................................. 51
Vertical Navigation........................................................................................... 71
Procedures......................................................................................................... 77
Weight Planning............................................................................................... 85
Trip Planning..................................................................................................... 87
RAIM Prediction................................................................................................ 88
HAZARD AVOIDANCE.......................................................................................... 91
Data Link Weather............................................................................................ 91
Terrain Displays............................................................................................... 104
Traffic Information Service (TIS).....................................................................107
TAS Traffic........................................................................................................109
ADS-B Traffic....................................................................................................112
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................... 117
Flight Director Operation............................................................................... 117
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
iii
Table of Contents
AFCS Modes.....................................................................................................118
ADDITIONAL FEATURES.................................................................................... 123
SafeTaxi............................................................................................................123
Charts...............................................................................................................123
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment.......................................................................135
Connext Setup.................................................................................................137
WiFi Connections............................................................................................ 139
Electronic Checklists........................................................................................142
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP)....................................................... 143
ABNORMAL OPERATION.................................................................................. 145
Reversionary Mode.........................................................................................145
Abnormal COM Operation............................................................................. 147
Flight Instruments...........................................................................................147
Dead Reckoning.............................................................................................. 151
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS............................................................................ 153
System Annunciations.................................................................................... 153
CAS Messages................................................................................................. 154
FIS—B Weather Status....................................................................................156
Terrain Annunciations/Alerts......................................................................... 157
TIS Annunciations/Alerts................................................................................164
TAS Traffic Annunciations/Alerts................................................................... 166
ADS-B Traffic Annunciations/Alerts...............................................................168
Voice Alerts......................................................................................................171
System Messages............................................................................................ 172
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................................................. 189
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages...........................................................191
APPENDIX...............................................................................................................193
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux - Databases
page):............................................................................................................... 204
Updating Databases from the Aux - Databases page:.................................207
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:..............................209
INDEX.........................................................................................................................I-1
iv
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the ‘Aux — System Setup 1’
Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Format Active’ setting in the ‘Flight
Director’ box.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired format.
Flight
Management
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux’ page group on the MFD.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Changing the Command Bar format:
Hazard
Avoidance
’Single Cue’ to display the aircraft symbol and Command Bars as a single cue.
Or:
AFCS
’X Pointer’ to display the aircraft symbol and Command Bars as a crosspointer.
Enabling/disabling individual Vspeed Reference Bugs:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the On/Off field for the desired bug.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to On or counterclockwise to Off.
4)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Additional
Features
1)
Enabling/disabling Vspeed Reference Bugs as a group:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll as needed to highlight the desired selection.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the References Window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Appendix
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Selecting the altitude display units:
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
1)
1
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘ALT, VS’ datafield in the ‘Display
Units’ Window.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Feet(FT,FPM)’ or ‘Meters(MT,MPS)’
and press the ENT Key. This setting affects altitude displays system-wide, in
addition to those shown on the PFD.
Setting the Selected Altitude:
1)
Turn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude. If the Altimeter display
units are set to feet, the Selected Altitude increments are 100 feet. If the
Altimeter is set to Metric, the Selected altitude increments are 50 meters. When
the altitude units overlays are enabled, the increments alternate between a
rounded value of feet or meters while turning the ALT SEL Knob. If set, the
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for
the Selected Altitude.
2)
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also
available for the Selected altitude.
Enabling altitude units overlays:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys..
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the Meters or Feet Softkeyto enable/disable the altitude overlays.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure (29.92 in Hg):
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the STD Baro Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
Index
Appendix
Figure 1 Standard Barometric Setting
2
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of
mercury (in Hg).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals
(hPa).
4)
Flight
Instruments
Or:
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
Setting the Baro Transition Alerts:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
To enable/disable the Baro Transition Alert based on altitude, turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO Transition Alert Altitude in
the ‘BARO Transition Alert’ Box.
4)
If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Altitude
‘On’ or ‘Off’.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude’ field.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to change the altitude and press the ENT Key to accept or
press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
7)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO
Transition Alert Level.
8)
If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Flight Level
‘On’ or ‘Off’.
9)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Flight Level’ field.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
11) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Enabling/disabling the HSI Map on the PFD:
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the HSI Map Softkey to enable the HSI Map.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
AFCS
10) Use the FMS Knobs to change the Flight Level for the alert and press the ENT
Key to accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
1)
Flight
Management
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Or:
Appendix
Press the Map Off Softkey to disable the HSI Map.
Adjusting the selected heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the selected heading.
2)
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
1)
3
Adjusting the Selected Course:
1)
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
2)
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the
bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see OBS Mode for
adjusting a GPS course).
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Changing the navigation angle true/magnetic setting:
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1‘ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Nav Angle’ in the ‘Display Units’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT
Key.
• Magnetic - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)
Changing navigation sources:
1)
Press the CDI Softkey to change from FMS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the
cyan tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of
the PFD.
2)
Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2.
This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3)
Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to FMS.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
• True - References angles to true north (T)
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Format Allowed’ in the ‘GPS CDI’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
5)
To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Changing the selected FMS CDI setting:
4
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
2)
Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the
CRS Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the next
waypoint.
3)
Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS
flight plan:
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
2)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey to display the desired bearing
pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again to change the bearing source
to FMS.
4)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey a third time to change the bearing
source to ADF (note: ADF radio installation is optional).
5)
To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press either Bearing 1
or Bearing 2 Softkey again.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the
BRG1 Information Window.
3)
To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
Additional
Features
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (HH:MM:SS).
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The Up/Dn field is now highlighted.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the UP/DOWN Window.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Up’ or ‘Dn’.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Start?’ is now highlighted.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Setting the Generic Timer:
1)
AFCS
Displaying the DME Information Window:
1)
Flight
Management
1)
5
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
8)
Press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘Stop?’. If the timer is
counting DOWN, it will start counting UP after reaching zero.
9)
To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field changes
to ‘Reset?’.
EIS
10) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field
changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits are reset.
Changing temperature display units:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
11) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
1)
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Temperature datafield in the ‘Display
Units’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Celsius’ or ‘Fahrenheit’ and press
the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
5)
To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Displaying wind data:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Wind Softkey to display wind data to the left of the HSI.
3)
Press one of the Option Softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• Option 1: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric speed
Abnormal
Operation
components
• Option 2: Wind direction arrow and speed
• Option 3: Wind direction arrow with headwind/tailwind and crosswind
Annunciations
& Alerts
components
To remove the window, press the Off Softkey.
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and
bug:
Index
Appendix
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
6
1)
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000
feet).
5)
If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field and then enter the temperature (-59˚C to 59˚C)
6)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
EIS
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP.’ ‘OFF’ is selected by
default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next
field.
Audio Panel
and CNS
GARMIN SYNTHETIC VISION TECHNOLOGY (SVT)
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the Terrain
Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Flight
Management
Activating and deactivating SVT:
1)
Flight
Instruments
3)
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the
Pathways Softkey.
Additional
Features
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
AFCS
1)
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with
the HDG LBL Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the
APT Sign Softkey.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
7
Activating and deactivating Wire Obstacles on SVT:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey.
4)
Press the Wire Softkey. Display of aerial wire obstruction will cycle on or off
with the Wire Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
8
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
ENGINE DISPLAY
EIS
1
Audio Panel
and CNS
2
Flight
Management
3
Hazard
Avoidance
4
5
6
AFCS
7
8
Additional
Features
9
Abnormal
Operation
Engine Display when Engine Page is displayed
Annunciations
& Alerts
Engine Display - Normal
Figure 2 EIS Display
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute
(rpm)
2
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Displays the exhaust gas temperature of the
hottest cylinder in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
3
Fuel Flow Indicator
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
4
Oil Pressure Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch
(psi)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Tachometer
Appendix
1
9
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
5
Oil Temperature
Indicator
Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit
(°F)
6
Alternator Current
Displays each alternator current in amperes
7
Voltage
Displays bus voltage
8
Battery Current
Displays battery current in amperes
9
Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for
each side of a standard fuel tank
ENGINE PAGE
The Engine Page displays all engine, fuel, electrical, and fuel calculation information. To
access this page, press the Engine Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob and select the ‘EIS Engine Page.’
Level 2
Engine
Level 3
Displays EIS - Engine Page and second-level
engine softkeys; press again to exit page
Tabs
Resets displayed fuel remaining to tabs and fuel
used to zero
DEC Fuel
Decreases displayed fuel remaining in 1-gal
increments
INC Fuel
Increases displayed fuel remaining in 1-gal
increments
RST Fuel
Resets displayed fuel remaining to maximum
fuel capacity for aircraft and fuel used to zero
CO RST
Resets the CO Detector (optional)
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Level 1
10
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
11
10
1
EIS
2
Audio Panel
and CNS
3
4
9
Flight
Management
5
6
8
Hazard
Avoidance
7
AFCS
Figure 3 Engine Page
Tachometer
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute
(rpm)
2
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Displays the exhaust gas temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit (°F) or degrees Celsius (°C)
3
Fuel Flow Indicator
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
4
Oil Pressure Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
5
Oil Temperature
Indicator
Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
or degrees Celsius (°C)
6
Fuel Quantity Indicator Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each
side of a standard fuel tank.
7
Carbon Monoxide
Detector
Displays the amount of carbon monoxide is present
in Parts Per Million (PPM) (optional)
8
Fuel Calculations
Group
Displays calculated fuel used (GAL USED),
endurance (ENDUR), and range (in nautical miles,
RANGE NM), and fuel efficiency (in nautical miles
per gallon, NMPG) based on the displayed fuel
remaining (GAL REM) and the fuel flow totalizer
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Abnormal
Operation
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
1
11
9
Engine Hours
Displays the total time in hours the engine has been
in service
10
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Exhaust Gas (EGT) temperatures in degrees
Fahrenheit are displayed for each cylinder using a
bar graph on the Engine Page. A temperature
display for each cylinder is shown at the top of the
graph. Cylinders whose EGTs are in the normal
range appear in white. The temperature display is
replaced with white dashes if the temperature
exceeds the normal range.
11
Electrical Group
Displays alternator (ALTR AMPS) and battery (BATT
AMPS) currents in amperes and bus voltage
(VOLTS). Voltage for the DC bus is shown along a
color-coded horizontal scale, with numerical display
above the scale. The ammeter displays the battery
load in amperes (amps) along a horizontal scale,
with a white tick mark indicating zero amps.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Fuel Calculations
AFCS
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are
calculated from the last time the fuel was reset.
Additional
Features
Fuel used (GAL USED), endurance (ENDUR), range (in nautical miles, RANGE NM),
and fuel efficiency (in statute miles per gallon, MPG) are calculated based on the displayed
fuel remaining (GAL REM) and the fuel flow totalizer. The calculated range also takes into
account the aircraft’s heading and the wind direction and speed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
A map feature related to the EIS Fuel Calculations is the Fuel Range Ring, which
graphically illustrates the aircraft’s remaining range based on the endurance (ENDUR),
heading, groundspeed, and wind direction and speed. The solid green circle represents
the range until all the remaining fuel is depleted. The dashed green circle indicates the
aircraft range until only reserve fuel remains. Once on reserve fuel, the range is indicated
by a solid amber circle.
Appendix
The Fuel Range Ring shifts position in relation to the aircraft according to wind effects.
For example, more fuel is required for flying into a headwind, and the aircraft’s decreased
range in that direction is indicated by the Fuel Range Ring shifting toward the tail of the
Aircraft Symbol.
Index
The amount of reserve fuel (only for purposes of the Fuel Range Ring) is set on the
Navigation Map Page Setup Menu in terms of remaining flight time. When enabled, the
Fuel Range Ring appears on the Navigation Map Page, the Weather Data Link Page, and
PFD Inset Map. (refer to Flight Management for more information on the Fuel Range
Ring).
12
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
On the Engine Page, use the DEC Fuel and INC Fuel Softkeys to obtain the
desired fuel remaining (GAL REM).
2)
On the Engine Page, select the RST Fuel Softkey; this resets displayed fuel
remaining (GAL REM) to the maximum fuel capacity for the aircraft and fuel
used to zero.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Adjusting and resetting the fuel totalizer quantity:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Set Fuel Remaining
Calculated Fuel Used
Flight
Management
Calculated Endurance
Calculated Range
Fuel Efficiency
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 4 Fuel Calculations Group
Resetting the Carbon Monoxide Detector
AFCS
On the Engine Page, push CO RST softkey.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 5 Carbon Monoxide Detector
In the event of a PFD or MFD display failure, the display(s) operating in Reversionary
Mode are configured to present PFD symbology together with the EIS Display (refer to the
System Overview for information about display reversionary mode).
Appendix
The Engine Display in reversionary mode, is identical to the normal EIS Display on the
MFD.
Annunciations
& Alerts
EIS DISPLAY (REVERSIONARY MODE)
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
13
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
EIS Display
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Figure 6 Reversionary Mode (EIS Shown)
14
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
COM OPERATION
EIS
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
2)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4)
Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
Flight
Management
Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency (large knob for MHz; small
knob for kHz).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from
the PFD:
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM
frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Frequency
Field.
4)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active
Frequency Field.
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST
Pages:
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the
selected COM radio.
4)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key on the PFD or MFD to transfer the frequency
to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Or:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3)
Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
4)
Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor
by pressing the FMS Knob or pressing the appropriate softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A
list of 25 nearest airport identifiers and COM frequencies is displayed.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
15
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the
selected COM radio.
6)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active
Frequency Field.
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
1)
Select the Aux – System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM
Configuration Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1)
Rotate the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4)
Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST
Pages:
1)
From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor
by pressing the FMS Knob or the appropriate softkey.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV
frequency.
3)
On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to
place the cursor on the NAV frequency.
4)
Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the
selected NAV radio.
5)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
NAV OPERATION
16
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
Press the ENT
Key to load a
highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
EIS
Turn the FMS Knob to
scroll through a list of
Frequencies
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 7 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
Or:
When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit to
display the page menu.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3)
Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4)
Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the
selected NAV radio.
6)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
Flight
Management
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Abnormal
Operation
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 8 Nearest Pages Menu
Tuning ADF Frequency:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF
frequency field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to begin data entry and change each digit.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next digit position.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete data entry for the standby frequency.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Press the ADF/DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
Appendix
1)
17
Tranferring the active and standby ADF frequencies:
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF
frequency field.
2)
Press the ENT Key to complete the frequency transfer.
Selecting ADF Receiver Mode
Audio Panel
and CNS
The following modes can be selected: (In all modes NDB audio can be heard by
selecting the ADF Key on the Audio Panel.)
• ANT (Antenna) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees. Best mode
for listening to NDB audio.
Flight
Management
• ADF (Automatic Direction Finder) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of
the NDB station.
• ADF/BFO (ADF/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF pointer points to the relative
Hazard
Avoidance
bearing of the NDB station and an audible tone confirms signal reception. This mode
allows identification of the interrupted carrier beacon stations used in various parts of
the world.
• ANT/BFO (Antenna/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the
Additional
Features
AFCS
HSI at 90 degrees while an audible tone is provided when a signal is received. This
mode also allows identification of the interrupted carrier beacon stations and confirms
signal reception.
Figure 9 Selecting ADF Receiver Mode
Selecting ADF Receiver Mode:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF mode field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired ADF receiver mode.
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the Small FMS Knob
to Select the Mode
18
1)
Press the ADF/DME or DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
MODE S TRANSPONDER
Selecting a transponder mode:
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2)
Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
EIS
1)
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for
digit entry.
3)
Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the
code, the next softkey in sequence must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the
entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the BKSP Softkey
moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the
fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code becomes active.
Entering a Code
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
AFCS
Figure 10 Entering a Code
Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable
code entry.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4)
Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Ident Function
Appendix
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the Ident Softkey is inoperative.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
19
Index
Pressing the Ident Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control
(ATC). The indication distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air
traffic controller’s screen. The Ident Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys.
When the Ident Softkey is pressed, a green Ident indication is displayed in the mode field
of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
After the Ident Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts
to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
Ident Indication
Select the Ident Softkey to
Initiate the ID Function
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 11 Ident Softkey and Indication
Flight
Management
ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
Speaker
Hazard
Avoidance
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and
deselects the cabin speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed.
Passenger Address Mode (PA Mode)
AFCS
Press and hold the SPKR Key for 2 seconds to initiate Passenger Address Mode. PA
Mode is annunciated by the PA annunciator. When in PA Mode the crew can use the
PTT “Push-to-Talk” button to deliver announcements over the speaker, to the passenger
headsets, or both depending on configuration.
Split-PA Mode
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
During Split-PA Mode the pilot can continue to use the radio(s) while the copilot
delivers PA announcements. To initiate Split-PA Mode, first enter Split-COM Mode by
pressing the COM1 MIC Key and the COM2 MIC Key simultaneously, then press and
hold the SPKR Key for 2 seconds.
Intercom
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
The GMA 1360 includes a six-position intercom system (ICS), two music inputs, and
one telephone input for the pilot, copilot and passengers. The intercom provides Pilot,
Copilot, and Passenger audio isolation.
Figure 12 Intercom Controls
20
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
Press the PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, and/or PASS ICS Keys to distribute as required. If the
annunciators are lit, those positions will share intercom audio. If an annunciator is NOT
lit that position is isolated from the others.
Intercom Modes
EIS
ALL INTERCOM MODE
Audio Panel
and CNS
In ‘All Intercom’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear each other and hear
the aircraft audio.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
PILOT ISOLATE MODE
AFCS
In ‘Pilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Copilot and Passengers also hear each other.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
In ‘Passenger/Crew Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and
each other. The Passengers hear each other.
Annunciations
& Alerts
PASSENGER/CREW ISOLATE MODE
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
21
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
COPILOT ISOLATE MODE
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
In ‘Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Pilot and Passengers also hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use
Split-COM mode.
ALL ISOLATE MODE
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
In ‘All Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio. The Copilot has
the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each other.
Abnormal
Operation
PILOT & COPILOT ISOLATE MODE
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
In ‘Pilot & Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft
audio. The Passengers hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM
mode.
22
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
In ‘Pilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio.
The Passengers hear each other.
Flight
Instruments
PILOT & PASSENGER ISOLATE MODE
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Hazard
Avoidance
In ‘Copilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot can hear the aircraft
audio. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each
other.
Flight
Management
COPILOT & PASSENGER ISOLATE MODE
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
The music (MUS) and telephone (TEL) audio are distributed using the Blue-Select
Mode. The following example indicates that the pilot, copilot, and passengers will all
hear the telephone/entertainment audio.
Abnormal
Operation
Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment
Distribution)
Appendix
Index
Figure 13 Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment Distribution)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
23
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
The Blue-Select Mode is entered by pressing the small knob when the volume control
cursor (flashing white annunciator) is not active. If the volume control cursor is active,
press the small knob twice. The first press will cancel the volume control cursor, the
second will activate Blue-Select Mode.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
The annunciator over the TEL Button will be flashing blue. Any combination of the
annunciators over the PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, and PASS ICS buttons may be blue.
Select the desired button to turn the blue annunciator on or off to distribute the
telephone audio to selected crew/passenger positions. Turn the large knob to select
MUS1 or MUS2, and select the crew/passenger positions to receive the music audio.
Flight
Management
Selecting any button other than PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, PASS ICS, TEL,MUS1, or
MUS2 will cancel Blue-Select Mode. Pressing the small knob will also cancel Blue-Select
Mode. After approximately ten seconds with no input, the Blue-Select Mode will
automatically cancel.
ADJUSTING INTERCOM VOLUME
Hazard
Avoidance
When the cursor is on PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, or PASS ICS, the Volume Control
Knob adjusts the intercom volume for the listener.
ADJUSTING SPEAKER VOLUME
AFCS
When the cursor is on SPKR, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the speaker
volume of the selected sources (COM, NAV, AUX, MKR). Alert volumes are not
affected by the speaker volume control knob.
Additional
Features
ADJUSTING MKR, AUX, MUS1, OR MUS2 VOLUME
When the cursor is on MKR, AUX, MUS1, or MUS2 the Volume Control Knob
adjusts the individual volume of the selected source.
Abnormal
Operation
ADJUSTING MANUAL SQUELCH
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
When the cursor is on MAN SQ, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the ICS
Squelch Threshold (the volume level that must be exceeded to be heard over the
intercom).
24
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Manual Squelch
Annunciator:
Flight
Management
Relative Volume/
Squelch Scale
- Off for Automatic Squelch
- On for Manual Squelch
Volume or
Manual Squelch
Cursor
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 14 Volume/Squelch Control
AFCS
Split-COM Operation
Additional
Features
NOTE: Split COM performance is affected by the distance between the COM
antennas and the separation of the tuned frequencies. If the selected COM1 and
COM2 frequencies are too close together, interference may be heard during
transmission on the other radio.
During Split COM operation, both the pilot and the copilot can transmit
simultaneously over separate radios. In Split COM mode, the pilot uses COM1 and the
copilot uses COM2.
Abnormal
Operation
Pressing the COM1 MIC Key and the COM2 MIC Key simultaneously initiates Split
COM Mode (i.e., COM1/COM2). The respective COM1 MIC/COM1 or COM2 MIC/
COM2 annunciators are illuminated indicating Split COM operation. Split COM
operation is cancelled by pressing one of the selected MIC Keys again.
Annunciations
& Alerts
3D Audio
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
25
Index
Because this feature uses different signals for left and right channels, it requires wiring
for stereo intercom and stereo headsets. If 3D audio is activated when mono headsets are
in use, the listener will still hear all audio sources; however, there is no benefit from
location separation.
Appendix
3D Audio is useful when multiple audio sources are present. By using different responses
in each ear, 3D audio processing creates the illusion that each audio source is coming from
a unique location or seat position.
Audio Panel and CNS
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
With a single COM selected and 3D Audio enabled, the listener hears the audio source
at the 12 o’clock position. If both COMs are selected, the listener hears COM1 at 11
o’clock and COM2 at the 1 o’clock position. All other intercom positions are processed to
sound like their relative seat location. By default, the audio assumes the pilot sits in the
left seat. See the System Overview for the discussion of the System Setup page procedures
for swapping pilot/copilot 3D audio left-right.
Additional
Features
Enabling 3D Audio
Abnormal
Operation
See the System Overview for the discussion of the System Setup page procedures for
enabling/disabling pilot/copilot 3D Audio. When 3D Audio is enabled, the aural
message “3D audio left” is heard in the left ear followed by “3D audio right” in the right
ear. If the aural messages are not heard in only the left and then the right ear
respectively, the cause may be aircraft wiring or headset settings. Refer to the following
table if a headset or aircraft wiring problem is suspected.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Symptom(s)
Index
Appendix
“3D audio left”
message heard in
both ears.
Or:
“3D audio right”
message not
heard
26
Cause(s)
Solutions(s)
1) Mono headset in
use
1) Use a stereo headset
2) Stereo headset in
use with mono/stereo
switch set to ‘mono’
2) Set mono/stereo switch on
headset to ‘stereo’
3) Aircraft wiring has
left audio wired to
both left and right
channels of stereo
headset jack
3) If after checking solutions #1
and #2 see a service center as soon
as possible to inspect/correct
wiring. This wiring fault can cause
fail-safe audio not to function.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Cause(s)
Solutions(s)
Flight
Instruments
Symptom(s)
1) Use a stereo headset
2) Stereo headset in
use with mono/stereo
switch set to mono
2) Set mono/stereo switch on
headset to ‘stereo’
3) Incorrect aircraft
wiring (left/right
shorted together)
3) If after checking solutions #1
and #2 see a service center as soon
as possible to inspect/correct
wiring. This wiring fault can cause
fail-safe audio not to function.
1) Incorrect aircraft
wiring (right channel
used for mono instead
of left or left/right
swapped)
1) See a service center as soon as
possible to inspect/correct wiring.
This wiring fault can cause fail-safe
audio not to function.
1) Stereo headset is
on backwards
1) Verify correct orientation from
the left/right indication on each
side of the headset or the position
of the boom mic (usually attached
on left side). If the headset is
backwards left/right position
information will be swapped.
2) Incorrect aircraft
wiring (left/right
channels swapped)
2) See a service center as soon as
possible to inspect/correct wiring.
This wiring fault can cause fail-safe
audio not to function.
“3D audio left”
message heard in
left ear only, no
audio heard in
right ear.
1) Aircraft wired for
mono intercom
1) See a service center to wire the
installation for stereo headsets.
“3D audio right”
message heard in
right ear only, no
audio heard in left
ear
1) Incorrect aircraft
wiring (right channel
used for mono instead
of left, or left/right
swapped)
1) See a service center as soon as
possible to inspect/correct wiring.
This wiring fault can cause fail-safe
audio not to function.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
“3D audio left”
message heard in
right ear only
followed by “3D
audio right”
message heard in
left ear only
Flight
Management
“3D audio right”
message heard in
both ears. “3D
audio left” not
heard
Audio Panel
and CNS
“3D audio left”
message heard in
both ears,
followed by “3D
audio right”
message heard in
both ears
EIS
1) Mono headset in
use
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Table 1 3D Audio Troubleshooting
Index
Entertainment Inputs
The audio panel provides three stereo telephone/entertainment inputs:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
27
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
• The TEL Key controls a telephone or entertainment device connected to the rear of the
audio panel or to the Front Panel Jack.
• The MUS1 Key and MUS2 Key controls the Entertainment Music audio input. External
EIS
audio jacks can also be used as an entertainment input. GDL 69 (SiriusXM Radio)
audio, if equipped, is wired to the MUS1 and MUS2 inputs. The Front Panel Jack does
not disable audio connected to the MUS1 and MUS2 inputs.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
The Front Panel Jack can be used as an entertainment input or a telephone input.
Plugging a device into the Front Panel Jack will disable any audio source connected to the
rear telephone/entertainment jack. The Front Panel Jack is a 3.5-mm stereo jack that is
compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as cell phones and other
tablet devices. The headphone outputs of the entertainment devices are plugged into the
Front Panel Jack.
Distribution of the entertainment inputs are configured in Blue-Select Mode.
Telephone and Entertainment Muting
Hazard
Avoidance
Telephone and entertainment muting can be enabled or disabled by the user,
however it is always muted during alerts.
ENABLING/DISABLING MUTING
AFCS
Press and hold the MUS1 Key, or MUS2 Key for two seconds to toggle muting on
and off. The aural message “Mute Music on Reception Enabled/Disabled” or “Mute
Tel and Jack on Reception Enabled/Disabled” is heard.
Additional
Features
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment
Abnormal
Operation
SiriusXM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and
passengers simultaneously (optional: requires subscription to SiriusXM Radio Service).
Refer to the Additional Features Section for more details on the Data Link Receiver.
Connecting a stereo input to the Stereo Input jack removes the SiriusXM Radio
Audio from that input.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Bluetooth®
Appendix
NOTE: Pairing is only necessary during the first attempt to connect a Bluetooth
device to the Audio Panel. Once paired, the Audio Panel and the device will
connect automatically.
Pairing a Bluetooth Device with the Audio Panel
Index
Press and hold the inner knob for five seconds. The Bluetooth Annunciator flashes to
indicate the unit is discoverable and the aural message “Bluetooth discoverable” is
heard. The Audio Panel will remain discoverable for 90 seconds or until a successful
28
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Assigning an Audio Source to the Bluetooth Device
Additional
Features
AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
AFCS
When the Audio Panel detects a recording device as the Bluetooth connected device,
the Pilot ICS Annunciator will turn BLUE. All audio heard by the Pilot will be recorded.
Press and hold the PILOT ICS Key to enable/disable Bluetooth Recording mode.
Hazard
Avoidance
Additional Bluetooth Control Functions
Flight
Management
Bluetooth audio will maintain a separate volume level and Blue Select distribution
from the wired audio source. If the Bluetooth connection is supporting a phone call, all
intercom positions listening to that source can also speak on the call through the
headset MICs.
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: The Bluetooth audio can only be assigned to one source at a time. Once
the Bluetooth audio is assigned to an audio source, the remaining entertainment
audio sources will only cycle between OFF and WHITE.
EIS
Press the TEL Key, MUS1 Key or MUS2 Key until the annunciator turns blue (the
audio from the Bluetooth source will not be heard until this step is complete). The key
annunciator cycles OFF-WHITE-BLUE. WHITE selects the wired audio source. BLUE
selects the Bluetooth audio source. The BLUE source assignment will persist through
Bluetooth audio connection disruptions.
Flight
Instruments
pair is established. Once paired, the Bluetooth Annunciator turns steady blue and the
aural message “Bluetooth connected/paired” is heard.
Annunciations
& Alerts
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually
by the pilot and copilot. If manual squelch is set to full open, background noise
is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch
or volume control knob, verify that the switch is in the high position and the
volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume setting. On single pilot
flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in
the audio system.
After powering up the system, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio
Panel as well as prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should
be performed each time a pilot boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in
the Audio Panel and radios.
Appendix
Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings,
keeping in mind the notes above.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
29
Setting the Audio Panel During Preflight:
1)
Verify that the PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS and PASS ICS annunciators are lit.
2)
Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
3)
Use the Blue-Select Mode to distribute the TEL, MUS1, and MUS2 appropriately.
4)
Use the VOL/CRSR Knobs to adjust the intercom volumes to the desired level.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
30
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
EIS
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the ‘MFD Data
Bar Fields’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list to
select the desired data.
5)
Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the default
setting.
Flight
Management
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
USING MAP DISPLAYS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
With the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Map Settings’ Window.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘Orientation’
Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
7)
Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Appendix
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Enabling/disabling Auto North Up and selecting the
minimum switching range:
31
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘North Up Above’ Field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’ using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the range field.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select the desired range.
9)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
Configuring automatic zoom:
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ On/Off Field, and select
‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the small FMS Knob.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection Field.
7)
Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘All’ using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the ‘Max Look FWD’ Field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the ‘Max Look FWD’ time. Press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero to
99 minutes).
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Panning the map:
1)
Push the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3)
Push the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the
aircraft’s current position.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
5)
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
32
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user
waypoint:
With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display
the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘WPT - Waypoint Information’ Page for the
selected waypoint.
3)
Press the Go Back Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘WPT Waypoint Information’ Page and return to the Navigation Map showing the
selected waypoint.
EIS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
2)
Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
3)
‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT
Key to display the ‘Information’ Window for the selected airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘Information’
Window.
Additional
Features
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
AFCS
With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display
the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on an open area within the
boundaries of an airspace. (As the Map Pointer crosses the airspace boundary,
the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is shown.)
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Reviewing information for a special-use or controlled
airspace:
Press the MENU Key (with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed).
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ Field.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s
present position.
4)
Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The
bearing and distance are displayed at the top of the map. Elevation at the
current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes the
starting point for measuring.
5)
To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, push the Joystick; or select ‘Stop
Measuring’ from the ‘Page Menu’ Window and press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
33
Displaying/removing topographic data on all MFD pages
displaying navigation maps:
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Topo’ is shown on the softkey to display
topographic data.
3)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic
data from the navigation map. When topographic data is removed from the
page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Displaying/removing topographic data on the PFD Map:
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey.
3)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic
data from the navigation map. When topographic data is removed from the
page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Topo’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting a topographical data range (Terrain Display):
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Displaying/removing topographic data using the
Navigation Map Page Menu:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
34
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the large FMS knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ range field. Ranges are
from 1 nm to 1000 nm.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
7)
Enter the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
To change the Terrain Display range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display
the range list.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (Topo Scale):
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group. Press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Topo Scale’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Setting up the Land, Aviation or Airspace group items:
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or maximum
range).
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Press the Detail Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current
declutter level is shown. With each softkey press, another level of map
information is removed.
Index
Or:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
Decluttering the MFD Map:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
35
1)
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3)
Press the ENT Key to apply the next declutter level and return to the Navigation
Map.
Decluttering the PFD Map:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each
selection, another level of map information is removed.
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed
(AWY On).
3)
Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AWY LO).
4)
Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AWY HI).
5)
Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are
displayed (AWY Off).
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying/removing airways:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ On/Off Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Off’ or ‘On’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting an airway range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT
Airways):
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Or:
36
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT
Airways’ range field.
5)
To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Instruments
6)
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Setting up additional Map group items:
Or
Hazard
Avoidance
If it is a data field, use the FMS Knob to select the range or time value.
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
AFCS
7)
Additional
Features
WAYPOINTS
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey), press the FMS
Knob.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name,
or location:
With the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) displayed, press the
FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the
runway designator.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
1)
Appendix
Selecting a runway:
37
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for
the selected airport.
4)
To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) press the MENU
Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is displayed.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1)
Press the Nearest Softkey to display the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport identifier, and press the ENT
Key to display the Airport Information Window.
3)
To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on
‘BACK’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the
‘Nearest Airports’ Window list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves
through the airport list, alternating between the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window and
the ‘Airport Information’ Window.)
4)
Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD Nearest Airports
Window.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Nearest Airports’ Page (it is the first
page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no Nearest
Airports available, ‘None Within 200nm’ is displayed.
3)
Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in
the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports list is
highlighted.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also
moves to the next airport.)
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Viewing a destination airport:
38
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or
press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Selecting nearest airport surface and minimum runway
length matching criteria:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Runway Surface’ Field in the ‘Nearest
Airport’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (Any, Hard Only,
Hard/Soft).
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Minimum Length’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
6)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet)
and press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
Flight
Management
With the ‘WPT - Intersection Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘Intersection’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter an identifier.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Or:
With the ‘NRST - Nearest Intersections’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest INT’ Box, and press the
ENT Key .
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the NDB identifier, name, or the city in which it’s
located.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting an NDB:
Index
Or:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
1)
With the ‘WPT - NDB Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is placed in the ‘NDB’ Box.
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting an intersection:
1)
EIS
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
39
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest NDB’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest NDB’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Selecting a VOR:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
With the ‘WPT - VOR Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is place in the ‘VOR’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the VOR identifier, name, or the city in which it’s
located.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob; or press
the VOR Softkey.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VOR’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
Additional
Features
2)
Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VOR’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting a VRP:
1)
With the ‘WPT - VRP Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is placed in the ‘VRP’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the VRP identifier or name.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Or:
40
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VRP’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VRP’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
1)
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or use the large
FMS Knob to scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Selecting a User Waypoint:
Or:
With the ‘NRST - Nearest User WPTS’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest User’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Creating user waypoints from the User WPT Information
Page:
Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User
Waypoint’.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the
new waypoint.
4)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Additional
Features
1)
Index
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
Abnormal
Operation
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
41
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by moving
the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check the box.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Or:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new user
waypoint AAAAAA?’ is displayed.
4)
With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Hazard
Avoidance
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
AFCS
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
Additional
Features
Or:
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by moving
the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1)
Push the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page is displayed with the
captured position.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
42
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint
box is highlighted.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
AFCS
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Flight
Management
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
EIS
3)
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three
things happens upon pressing the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected
feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint, 2) a menu pops up
allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a
new waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or normal
by moving the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check or
uncheck the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9)
Press the Go Back Softkey to return to the map page.
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the desired field.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to make any changes.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
Abnormal
Operation
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
Additional
Features
6)
43
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
With the ‘WPTS - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the Rename Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Rename User
Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Enter a new name.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint
AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is displayed.
6)
With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Select ‘Use Present Position’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated
comment:
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the
aircraft present position:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Renaming user waypoints:
44
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select ‘Auto Comment’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point
used to define the waypoint.
Flight
Instruments
4)
EIS
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default
setting:
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
The cursor is placed on ‘Waypoint Setup’ in the ‘Options’ Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Normal’ or ‘Temporary’ as desired, and press the
ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the ‘WPT - User
WPT Information’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘YES’ is highlighted in the
confirmation window.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Deleting a single user waypoint:
Additional
Features
Or:
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Appendix
Deleting all user waypoints:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
45
Index
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the
aircraft is in flight.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace’ Group, if necessary, and press
the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace ALT LBL’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ to display labels and ‘Off’ to remove
labels.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude Buffer’ Field in the ‘Airspace
Alerts’ Box.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
Index
Appendix
1)
AIRSPACES
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
46
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Airspace Alerts’
Box.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or
counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
4)
2)
Press the Alerts Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Alerts’ Window, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in
the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
3)
Select the desired airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’ Page.
Turning smart airspace on or off:
2)
Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Group’
Box.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace On or
counterclockwise to turn smart airspace Off.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a
direct-to destination:
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press
the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Ident,
Facility, City’ Field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering an identifier,
facility, or city. If duplicate entries exist, additional entries can be viewed by
turning the small FMS Knob during the selection process.
3)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
47
Index
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
Appendix
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated
information:
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
1)
While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’
Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan
waypoints (turning the knob counter-clockwise displays the waypoint submenu
window).
3)
Select the desired waypoint.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD, or the ‘Flight Plan’
Window on the PFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on PFD), and turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint submenu
window.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User
waypoints.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
Index
Appendix
1)
Selecting a Nearest, Recent or User waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
48
1)
Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the
desired waypoint.
2)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
waypoint as the direct-to destination.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
4)
Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
Use the FMS Knob to select the desired airport (the nearest one is already
selected).
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the
‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page on the MFD and press the FMS Knob.
EIS
1)
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press
the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Ident,
Facility, City’ Field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering an identifier,
facility name, or city. If duplicate entries exist, additional entries can be viewed
by turning the small FMS Knob during the selection process.
AFCS
3)
Highlight the ’CRS’ or Course’ Field.
4)
Enter the desired course.
Additional
Features
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
2)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
3)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Appendix
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed with the cursor
flashing in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Box.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the
pointer:
From the Navigation Map Page, push the Joystick to display the pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
1)
49
If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, VRP, or user waypoint,
the waypoint name is highlighted.
4)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
point entered as the direct-to destination.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is
still active, the system resumes navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the
waypoint:
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ Box altitude Field.
3)
Enter the desired altitude using the FMS Knob.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose
‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude
5)
The cursor is now flashing in the ‘VNV’ offset distance Field.
6)
Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to activate.
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
3)
Cancelling a Direct-to:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
50
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT PLANNING
Creating an active flight plan:
Press the FPL Key. Press the small FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on
MFD).
2)
Select the origin airport and runway.
EIS
1)
b)
Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility,
or city name of the departure waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e)
Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
Repeat step number 2 for the destination airport and runway.
4)
Select the enroute waypoints.
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the
enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following the
header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item).
b)
Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility,
or city name of the waypoint. The active flight plan is modified as each
waypoint is entered.
6)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor (if required).
Abnormal
Operation
Repeat step number 4 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Creating a stored flight plan:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’
Page.
3)
Press the New Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight
Plan’, and press the ENT Key to display a blank flight plan for the first empty
storage location.
4)
Select the origin airport and runway.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
Appendix
1)
Additional
Features
5)
AFCS
a)
Hazard
Avoidance
3)
Flight
Management
Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob.
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
51
a)
Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob, or by moving the Quick Select Box (MFD
only) with the Joystick (the waypoint will be inserted at the insertion point
indicator).
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the origin waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e)
Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
5)
Repeat step number 4 for the destination airport and runway.
6)
Select the enroute waypoints.
a)
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the
enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following the
header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item.)
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The stored flight plan is modified as each waypoint is
entered.
7)
Repeat step number 6 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
8)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
6)
Press the Import Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”,
and press the ENT Key.
Index
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will
be displayed.
Or:
52
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9)
Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
EIS
7)
Flight
Instruments
If an existing flight plan is selected, an ‘Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or
CANCEL’ prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the
selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the SD card. If
overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select ‘CANCEL’ using the
FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the
Import Softkey again.
Flight
Management
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that
duplicates the name of a waypoint already stored on the system, the system
compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of the existing
waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is
automatically renamed by adding characters to the end of the name.
Hazard
Avoidance
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card:
Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6)
Press the Export Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Export Flight Plan’.
7)
If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob
to the left to highlight the name, then use the FMS Knobs to enter the new
name, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
53
Previewing a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless
connection:
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a Pending
Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page name.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
Press the Preview Softkey to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
a)
Press the MENU Key,
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Preview Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
AFCS
Ignoring a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless
connection:
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a Pending
Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page name.
Additional
Features
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Or:
2)
Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Press the Ignore Softkey to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending
flight plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Storing a pending flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
54
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
6)
Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
Flight
Instruments
5)
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store?’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
EIS
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
Hazard
Avoidance
Activating a pending flight plan:
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the pending flight plan.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page.
4)
Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key on the MFD and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Or:
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
55
Index
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight plan.
The pending flight plan becomes the active flight plan and is removed from the
Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Appendix
5)
Press the MENU Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
a)
AFCS
1)
a)
Flight
Management
a)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
Deleting a pending flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5)
Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Or:
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
6)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan. The
pending flight plan is removed from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation Window is
displayed.
6)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
a)
Deleting all pending flight plans:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Or:
56
1)
On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is
displayed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it
counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information Window’ with a waypoint
selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user,
or airway waypoints).
6)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint
from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now
exists in the flight plan.
AFCS
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint
is placed prior to the highlighted waypoint.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it
counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window with a waypoint
selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user,
or airway waypoints).
5)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint
from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is
modified as each waypoint is entered.
Appendix
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight
plan:
2)
Press the FMS Knob on the MFD to activate the cursor.
3)
Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Press the FPL Key
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FPL Key.
Additional
Features
1)
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: If the flight plan is successfully edited in the ‘Flight Plan’ Window from
PFD while the MFD Active Flight Plan Page is in the process of being edited, the
‘Flight Plan Modified By Other User’ Window will appear on the MFD. Press the
ENT key to return to the Active Flight Plan Page with the accepted changes.
Flight
Management
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window has
duplicates, a ‘Duplicate Waypoint’ Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to
select the correct waypoint.
Audio Panel
and CNS
5)
EIS
Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint
is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint.
Flight
Instruments
4)
57
4)
Push the Joystick on the MFD to activate the panning function on the ‘FPL Active Flight Plan’ Page and pan to the map location of the desired user
waypoint.
5)
Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using
the next available in sequence) and is added to the active flight plan.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Designating a fly-over waypoint:
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key and press the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor (not required on the PFD).
Or:
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-Over Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Set [waypoint] to be a fly-over waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
To change the waypoint back to a fly-by waypoint, highlight the desired
waypoint. Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-By Waypoint’, and press the
ENT Key. The ‘Set [waypoint] to be a fly-by waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway
entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point
should be entered at this time.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey,
or press the MENU Key and select ‘Load Airway’. The Select Airway Page/
Window is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the ‘Load Airway’ menu item is
available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the
waypoint ahead of the cursor position).
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT
Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
For a stored flight plan, highlight the desired flight plan on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog Page’ and press the Edit Softkey.
58
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new
airway inserted.
Flight
Instruments
6)
EIS
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Departure’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition for the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a transition for the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
AFCS
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Approach’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select the airport and approach:
b)
Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Appendix
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
a)
Flight
Management
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
59
Flight Management
a)
If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large
FMS Knob to move the cursor to the ‘Approach Channel’ Field.
b)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the
ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
5)
Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan
Page or the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Window:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next
available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
4)
The ‘Flight Plan Info’ Box displays departure, destination, total distance, and
enroute safe altitude information for the selected flight plan.
5)
Press the Edit Softkey to open the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page and view the
waypoints in the flight plan.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to exit the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1)
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
60
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the Activate Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘activate stored flight
plan?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate
FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’
Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Copy Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy to flight plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. The flight plan
is stored in the next available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ Window is displayed.
61
Index
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Appendix
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
3)
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [airway name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the procedure to be
deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
Appendix
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
Index
Or:
62
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Remove [procedure]’.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Hazard
Avoidance
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete flight plan XX?’ Window
is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
63
Index
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Deleting a stored flight plan:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Flight
Management
1)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
EIS
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the
aircraft is in flight.
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all
flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Additional
Features
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination waypoint for the desired leg.
3)
Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed with
‘Activate’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key,
or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Inverting the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An
‘Invert active flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3)
Select ‘OK’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press
the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Activating a flight plan leg:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Deleting all stored flight plans:
64
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Deleting the active flight plan:
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ Window is displayed.
3)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight
plan:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Management
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Abnormal
Operation
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
Additional
Features
NOTE: If removal of a flight plan item (waypoint, procedure, etc.) results in
deletion of the end waypoint of the active leg, an off-route direct-to to the
deleted waypoint is created and activated.
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [airway name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
65
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the procedure to be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Remove [procedure]’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the comment field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering an along track offset distance:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the along track offset.
3)
Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a positive or negative offset distance in the
range of +/- 1 to 999 nm (limited by leg distances).
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Changing the active flight plan comment:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
66
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
5)
Activating parallel track:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with the ‘Direction’ Field highlighted.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key. The
‘Distance’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT
Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key
to cancel the parallel track activation.
EIS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’ highlighted.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Cancelling parallel track:
Additional
Features
Changing the flight plan view:
2)
Press the View Softkey to display the Wide, Narrow, Leg-Leg, and CUM
Softkeys.
3)
Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LegLeg Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance.
4)
Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or select the Narrow Softkey
to display the narrow view.
5)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
67
Viewing charts and active flight plan page in split screen
mode:
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled showing the Charts
Page alongside the Active Flight Plan Page, and Charts Page is bordered by a
cyan box indicating it is the active display pane.
3)
To quickly view the chart corresponding to the active flight plan leg, press the
AUTO Softkey.
Displaying the flight plan map on the active flight plan
page in split mode:
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled showing the Charts
Page alongside the active flight plan, and the Charts Page is bordered by a cyan
box indicating it is the active display pane.
3)
Move the Joystick to select the Active Flight Plan page as the active display
pane.
4)
Press the MENU Key. ‘Show Flight Plan Map’ is highlighted. Press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the Flight Plan Map, press the MENU Key and select ‘Hide Flight Plan
Map’. Press the ENT Key.
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and
press the ENT Key. The airways are collapsed/expanded.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan
to a selected waypoint:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
68
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A
window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
3)
Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint. The system displays the bearing
(BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected
reference waypoint and creates a user waypoint at this location. Press the ENT
Key. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the
reference waypoint.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan
waypoint:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Hold at’ Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
EIS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the flight
plan.
Additional
Features
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present
position:
3)
If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the ENT
Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Abnormal
Operation
1)
69
8)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute Directto hold waypoint at the aircraft present position and activate the hold.
Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
1)
Press a Direct-to Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, but select
‘Hold?’ instead of ‘Activate?’ when finished.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to with
the user-defined hold defined at the direct-to waypoint. (If the direct-to
waypoint is part of the active flight plan, the hold is inserted into the active
flight plan. If the direct-to waypoint is not part of the active flight plan, an offroute direct-to hold is created.)
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Editing a user-defined hold:
70
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Edit Hold’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’
Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
8)
EIS
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Update?’ is highlighted to update the hold.
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the holding
pattern to the inbound course and resume automatic waypoint sequencing.
Flight
Management
Removing a user-defined hold inserted into the active
flight plan:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘HOLD’ waypoint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from the
active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal
of the holding pattern.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Additional
Features
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu with the cursor on the ‘Cancel
Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
Abnormal
Operation
Press a Direct To Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window (PFD or MFD).
Annunciations
& Alerts
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
Enabling and Disabling VNV guidance:
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL- Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’,
and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance
begins with the waypoint shown in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box (defaults first
Appendix
1)
AFCS
Removing a user-defined hold at an off-route direct-to:
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Exiting a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight
plan:
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
71
Flight Management
3)
To Disable VNV guidance, press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is disabled.
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical
navigation).
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired waypoint.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (cyan
number) to be used. If not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a
designated altitude constraint is selected.
3)
Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV
Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT
at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the
selected waypoint.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV
Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the
‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
3)
Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Altitude Constraints
Appendix
The system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give
guidance for vertical navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance,
manually entered or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation database.
Index
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are not “auto-designated”.
This means the system does not automatically provide descending vertical speed and
deviation guidance to an altitude chosen by the system. Therefore, altitudes are displayed
as white text. However, all altitudes can be manually designated to include the FAF.
Manually designated altitudes are displayed as cyan text and pencil icon. For all
designated altitudes, the system will automatically calculate altitude constraints prior to
the designated altitude, which are displayed as white text.
72
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Management
Displayed Text
Examples
System Calculated Altitude
(White Text)
Hazard
Avoidance
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Audio Panel
and CNS
Altitude Constraint
Examples
EIS
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the
nearest hundred. An altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is
supported for airports. When a database altitude restriction is displayed, the system
allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively overriding the
database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type
“AT or ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the
restriction to define the vertical profile.
Flight
Instruments
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated”
using the CLR Key. The altitude is now removed or reverts to a reference altitude (white
text) and no longer provides vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change due
to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a
non-designated altitude.
Edited Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text with Pencil Icon)
Cross AT 2,300 ft
AFCS
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
Temperature
Compensated
Additional
Features
Figure 15 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
73
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
White Text
5OOOFT
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Altitude calculated by the system
estimating the altitude of the aircraft
as it passes over the navigation point.
No white line above or below to
indicate a potential constraint.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Altitude retrieved from the navigation
database. White line above or below
indicates the type of constraint, as
shown in the preceding figure. These
altitudes are provided as a reference,
and are not designated to be used in
determining vertical guidance.
The system cannot use this altitude in
determining vertical guidance because of
an invalid constraint condition.
Table 2 Altitude Constraint Color Coding
AFCS
NOTE: All designated altitudes (cyan text) will be displayed in the Active Flight
Plan Page and Flight Plan Window without restriction bars regardless of what is
shown on the published procedure.
Manually designating a waypoint altitude to be used for
vertical guidance:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Altitude is designated for use in
determining vertical guidance. A pencil
icon indicates manual designation or
manually edited data entry.
5OOOFT
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired altitude.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is usable for
vertical guidance.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Manually designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be
used for vertical guidance:
Index
Appendix
Cyan Text
74
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired altitude
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is usable for
vertical guidance.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
4)
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
EIS
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical
speed to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF
Hazard
Avoidance
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight
plan. In the event an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an
altitude restriction for the lateral waypoint, the system displays the altitude restriction
from the database provided no predicted altitude can be provided. The system also
provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been edited.
Flight
Management
guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS SBAS approach)
Audio Panel
and CNS
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
Entering/modifying an altitude constraint:
AFCS
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a
flight level, turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise
past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically changes to show
units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first
zero and enter the three digit flight level.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport without a runway selected, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the
small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the
altitude.
Additional
Features
1)
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
Appendix
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually
entered:
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
75
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is
deleted (it is replaced by a system calculated altitude, if available).
Flight
Management
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the
navigation database value.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Enabling the Vertical Situation Display:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
3)
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to
the navigation database value:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable the Vertical Situation Display.
5)
Press the VSD [Mode] Softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
5)
Press the Inset Softkey.
6)
Press the VSD [Mode] Softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Disabling the Vertical Situation Display:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
76
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey
4)
Press the Off Softkey.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Hide VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
Or:
EIS
PROCEDURES
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page:
Flight
Management
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
AFCS
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available procedures. Press the ENT
Key to select the procedure. The cursor moves to the next box (runway or
transition). The procedure is previewed on the map.
5)
Turn the FMS Knobs, as required, to highlight a runway or transition. Press the
ENT Key to select the runway or transition. The cursor moves to the next box.
The procedure is previewed on the map.
6)
Repeat Step 5, until desired information has been viewed for the chosen
procedure.
7)
Press the Info 1 Softkey or the Info 2 Softkey to return to the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page.
Appendix
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure in its respective box. The
procedure is previewed on the map.
Annunciations
& Alerts
3)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an
identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
2)
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
77
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Loading a procedure into the active flight plan from the
[Procedure] Information Page:
1)
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page:
EIS
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an
identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure in its respective box. The
procedure is previewed on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available procedures, and turn the
FMS Knob to move the cursor. Press the ENT Key to select the procedure. The
cursor moves to the next box (runway or transition). The procedure is previewed
on the map.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available runways or transitions,
and turn the FMS Knob to move the cursor. Press the ENT Key to select the
runway or transition. The cursor moves to the next box
6)
Repeat Step 5, until the cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box or the ‘Minimums’
Box.
7)
Press the MENU Key to display the [Procedure] Information Page Menu.
8)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load [procedure]’.
9)
Press the ENT Key to load the procedure into the active flight plan.
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
78
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page/Window is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
Flight
Instruments
7)
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight
plan:
Or:
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active
flight plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page/Window is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Appendix
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
79
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Or:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight
plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page/Window is displayed.
3)
Select the airport and approach:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
1)
a)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Or:
80
a)
If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large
FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Approach Channel Field.
b)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the
ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
4)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key
EIS
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
a)
Or:
6)
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure.
3)
Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach
Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5)
Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed with
the ‘Transition’ Field highlighted.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
7)
Minimums
Appendix
Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
nearest airport. The airport is previewed on the map.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the
Nearest Airport Page:
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: If there is no arrival procedure in the active flight plan, loading an
approach after a destination airport has already been entered will result in a
duplicate destination airport waypoint being added to the end of the enroute
segment.
Flight
Management
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final
course of the approach.
Audio Panel
and CNS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
81
a)
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Or:
Audio Panel
and CNS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure. The system continues navigating the
current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for
the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is
displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be
switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
8)
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active
flight plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
82
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed with ‘Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
Flight
Instruments
Activating a previously loaded approach:
EIS
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to
final:
Press the PROC Key to display the ‘Procedures’ Window.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Vector-to-Final’ and press the ENT Key.
From the ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page, press the MENU Key on the
MFD. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2)
Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach
course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides
guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to
fly the final course of the approach.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Or:
AFCS
2)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
From the ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD.
The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach
course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides
guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to
fly the final course of the approach.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the PROC Key.
Additional
Features
1)
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Press the Go-Around Button. Prior to the MAP, the aircraft will continue to
laterally navigate to the MAP before executing the missed approach. Otherwise,
the aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Index
Or:
Fly past the MAP, and press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Or:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
83
Loading and Activating a visual approach using the PROC
Key:
1)
Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2)
Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading
Page is displayed.
3)
Select the airport and approach:
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select a visual approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Select a transition and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
a)
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
AFCS
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
6)
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure
(‘Load?’ is only available if there is a previous approach already loaded in the
flight plan); or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’ and press the
ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The message ‘Obstacle
clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. Press ENT to
continue.
Manually activating temperature compensated altitude:
1)
From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD. The
‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed with
the temperature highlighted.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to change the ‘TEMP At’ [airport] Field. The
compensated altitude is computed as the temperature is selected.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
a)
4)
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
84
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
6)
Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are shown in
the flight plan.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Temperature Compensation Window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The temperature compensated altitude at the FAF is
cancelled.
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page Menu’
Window is displayed.
Flight
Management
Cancelling temperature compensated altitude:
1)
EIS
5)
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: The temperature at the destination can be entered in the ‘Temperature
Compensation’ Window on the MFD, or in the ‘References’ Window on the PFD.
There is only one compensation temperature for the system, therefore, changing
the temperature will affect both the loaded approach altitudes and the
minimums. Refer to the Flight Instruments section for information about
applying temperature compensation to the MDA/DH.
Additional
Features
NOTE: Activating/cancelling temperature compensation for the loaded approach
altitudes does not select/deselect temperature compensated minimums (MDA/
DH), nor does selecting/deselecting temperature compensated minimums
activate/cancel temperature compensated approach altitudes.
Abnormal
Operation
WEIGHT PLANNING
Entering basic empty weight:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the Config Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic Empty Weight’, and press the ENT Key to select
the ‘Basic Empty Weight’ Field.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
85
Entering pilot and stores weight:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the ‘Passengers #’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the passenger weight (‘at’) field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering the cargo weight:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the ‘Pilot & Stores’ Field.
Entering the average passenger weight:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the ‘Cargo’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering a fuel on board weight:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Entering the number of passengers:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
86
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel on Board’
Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel Reserves’
Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Entering fuel reserves weight:
Audio Panel
and CNS
TRIP PLANNING
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs Softkey;
or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints Mode’, and
press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
Flight
Management
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Auto Softkey or the Manual
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’, and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each
leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The
Trip Planning Map also displays the selected data.
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the WPTs Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL Field.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page
Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired), and press the ENT
Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3)
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The
statistics for the selected leg are displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor
in the ‘FPL’ Field.
Additional
Features
1)
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
87
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Manual Softkey or select
‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor may
now be positioned in any field within the Input Data Box.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the ‘Departure Time’ Field and
enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics are calculated using the
new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all desired
values have been entered.
RAIM PREDICTION
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
5)
Enter the desired waypoint:
AFCS
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city
name and press the ENT Key.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Or:
a)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint
selection submenu.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan, Nearest,
Recent, or User Waypoints, if required.
c)
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. The
system automatically fills in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Field with the
information for the selected waypoint.
d)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
6)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
8)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM
availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time,
Index
and date combination
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
88
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight Management
time, and date
Flight
Instruments
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint,
• ‘RAIM Not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified
waypoint, time, and date
EIS
Predicting RAIM availability at present position:
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Press the MENU Key.
5)
With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM
availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Flight
Management
AFCS
and date combination
Hazard
Avoidance
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time,
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
time, and date
Additional
Features
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint,
• ‘RAIM Not Available’ is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint,
Abnormal
Operation
time, and date
Disabling SBAS:
2)
If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’,
‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Appendix
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
89
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
BLANK PAGE
90
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DATA LINK WEATHER
EIS
Establishing an account for SiriusXM services:
If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page.
3)
Note the Data Radio ID (for SiriusXM Weather data) and/or the Audio Radio ID
(for SiriusXM Satellite Radio).
4)
Contact SiriusXM customer service through the phone number listed on its
website, www.siriusxm.com.
5)
Provide SiriusXM customer service the Data Radio ID and/or Audio Radio ID, in
addition to payment information, and the desired weather product subscription
package.
Verifying the SiriusXM Weather service activation:
2)
If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page.
3)
View the list of supported Weather Products. A white empty box appears next
to an unavailable weather product; a green filled box appears next to an
available weather product. During activation, it may take several minutes for
weather products in the selected subscription package to become available.
Symbol
NEXRAD
30
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
15 (69/69A)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Broadcast
Rate
(Minutes)
Abnormal
Operation
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
SiriusXM Weather Product
Additional
Features
Once a SiriusXM Weather account has been established, select the XM Radio
Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
7.5
SiriusXM Lightning (LTNG)
30
5
Cell Movement
30
1.25
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
30
Appendix
30 (69/69A
SXM)
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Select the XM Radio Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
91
Hazard Avoidance
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
SiriusXM Weather Product
Symbol
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Broadcast
Rate
(Minutes)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
12
METARs
90
12
City Forecast
90
12
Surface Analysis
60
12
Freezing Levels
120
12
Winds Aloft
90
12
County Warnings
60
5
Cyclone Warnings
60
12
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
22
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
12
Air Report(AIREP)
90
12
Turbulence
180
12
Radar Coverage Not Available
No product
image
30
5
Temporary Flight Restriction
(TFR)
No product
image
60
12
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
No product
image
60
12
Index
Table 3 SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
92
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Symbol
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
NEXRAD Composite (US)
30
15
NEXRAD Composite
(Regional)
30
2.5
METARs
90
5
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
10
Winds Aloft
90
10
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
5
EIS
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Flight
Instruments
FIS-B Weather Product
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
no product
image
60
10
Temporary Flight Restriction
(TFR
no product
image
AFCS
2.5
Hazard
Avoidance
30
Flight
Management
no product
image
Audio Panel
and CNS
No Radar Coverage
10
Additional
Features
Table 4 FIS-B Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Enabling/disabling the weather product age for PFD Maps:
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the WX LGND to show/remove the weather product age information for
PFD maps.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Appendix
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
The weather product age is shown automatically for weather products displayed on
MFD maps. For PFD maps, the pilot can manually enable/disable the age information.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
93
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page and changing the
data link weather source, if applicable:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT) Page.
The currently selected data link weather source appears in the page title.
3)
If the page title does not contain the desired weather source, press the MENU
Key.
a)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Display XM Weather’, or ‘Display Connext
Weather’ (choices may vary depending on the installed equipment).
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the
Weather Data Link Page:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in
the window.
4)
To remove the Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey, the ENT
or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Or:
94
1)
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’, and
press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF,
range settings, etc.).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
with the changed settings.
Flight
Instruments
7)
EIS
Selecting a map orientation for the Weather Data Link
Page:
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Group options.
5)
If SiriusXM is the selected data link weather source, turn the small FMS Knob to
highlight the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
6)
Hazard
Avoidance
If FIS-B or Garmin Connext is the selected data link weather source, turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Orientation ‘ field at the bottom of the
Product Group 1 list.
AFCS
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired map orientation: North up,
Track up, HDG up, or SYNC, then press the ENT Key.
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the MENUKey.
5)
Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT
Key.
6)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
Additional
Features
1)
Displaying Data Link Weather Products on the Navigation
Map Page:
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the softkey to enable/disable the desired weather product.
Appendix
1)
Flight
Management
Or:
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
95
Showing/removing the weather legend on the Navigation
Map Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Legend Softkey to show the weather legends window.
4)
When finished, press the Legend Softkey again, or press the FMS Knob or the
CLR Key to remove the window.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the
navigation maps:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the desired weather product softkey(s) to enable/disable the display of
data link products on the PFD map.
Enabling/disabling the weather product icon and age
display (PFD maps):
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the WX LGND Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age, source,
and icon box display on PFD Maps.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying Data Link Weather products on the PFD:
96
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
EIS
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on MFD
navigation maps:
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on PFD
maps:
Changing the NEXRAD coverage region:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Region datafield.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘US’ or ‘CNDA’ (Canada) and press the
ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the NXRD Softkey. Each selection cycles though a coverage option as the
softkey name changes (Each selection cycles though a coverage option
displayed in cyan on the softkey (‘Off’, ‘US’, or ‘REG’, or ‘All’)..
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
To enable/disable the display of NEXRAD informations, turn the small FMS Knob
to highlight the NEXRAD On/Off field.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
97
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
4)
Press the ENT Key.
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Region’ field..
a)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following options: ‘CONUS’
for the continental United States, ‘Regional’ for regional NEXRAD, or
‘Combined’ to show regional NEXRAD where data is available, and
continental NEXRAD outside of the regional coverage area.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
When finished, push the FMS Knob.
AFCS
Additional
Features
1)
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Select the NEXRAD Softkey.
3)
To change the type of NEXRAD displayed, press the MENU Key.
4)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group, then press the ENT
Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Data Region field.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CONUS’ (continental United States),
‘RGNL’ (regional), or ‘Combined’, then press the ENT Key. This selection also
affects display of NEXRAD on the PFD Maps.
8)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on PFD
maps:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
b)
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey to enable/disable the display of NEXRAD
information.
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the Echo Top Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ to enable the display of
NEXRAD or ‘Off’ to disable.
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on the
Navigation Map Page:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
5)
a)
98
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page with the FMS Knob.
2)
Select the CLD Top Softkey.
Flight
Instruments
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT)’
Page.
2)
Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on Weather
Data Link Page:
Turn the FMS Knob to select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Select the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on the
Navigation Map Page:
Displaying Data Link Lightning on PFD Maps:
2)
Press the Lightning Softkey.
3)
Press the Datalink Softkey.
4)
When finished, press the Back Softkey.
Additional
Features
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
AFCS
1)
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page using the FMS Knob.
2)
Select the Cell MOV Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying Cell Movement information on the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Setting up the system to display Cell Movement with
NEXRAD on navigation maps:
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to ‘On’ or ‘Off’ for the Cell Movement menu option.
When set to ‘On’, Cell Movement is enabled/disabled with the NEXRAD
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
99
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
weather product on navigation maps. When set to ‘Off’, Cell Movement is not
displayed on navigation maps.
6)
When finished, push the FMS Knob or CLR Key to remove the menu.
1)
Select the ‘Map- Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3)
To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move the
Map Pointer over the icon.
4)
Press the ENT key. The following figure shows sample SIGMET text.
Displaying METAR and TAF text on the MFD:
1)
On the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page, press the
METAR Softkey.
2)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and
TAF text.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text.
METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the
TAF text.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page.
Or:
1)
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
Select the Weather Information Page.
a)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b)
Select the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text.
Note that the METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling
through the TAF text.
Displaying original METAR text on the Active Flight Plan
Page:
1)
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
100
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight a waypoint with an available METAR
(indicated with a METAR flag next to it). The METAR text will appear in the
‘Selected Waypoint Weather’ Window below.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key
to exit the Active Flight Plan Page.
Flight
Instruments
3)
EIS
Displaying original METAR text information on the PFD
Inset Map:
2)
Press the METAR Softkey.
3)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired METAR flag. Original METAR text
appears on the map.
4)
When finished, press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer.
Flight
Management
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Select the More WX Softkey.
3)
Select the SFC Softkey.
4)
Press the softkey for the desired forecast time: Current, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR,
or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to show the forecast time selected.
Additional
Features
Or:
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
Press the Off Softkey to disable the display of the weather product.
Displaying Freezing Level information:
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Select the More WX Softkey.
3)
Select the Wind Softkey.
4)
Select a softkey for the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet.
Select the Next or Prev Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The
Wind Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
101
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display
(containing winds aloft data):
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the Vertical Situation Display.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Management
Or:
a)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
b)
Press the MENU Key.
c)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ and press the
ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display for the VSD:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Winds on/off field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Displaying County Warning information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WXSoftkey.
3)
Press the County Softkey.
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1)
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the Cyclone Softkey.
Displaying icing information:
1)
Select the ‘Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
102
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the ICNG Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press
the Next or PREV Sofktey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The ICNG
SOftkey label changes to indicate the icing altitude selected.
EIS
Displaying turbulence information:
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the TURB Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude: 21,000 up to 45,000 feet. Press the
Next or PREV Softkey to cycle though the available softkeys. The TURB Softkey
label changes to indicate the turbulence altitude selection.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the PIREPS or AIREPS Softkey. (Note the AIREPS Softkey is only available
with the SiriusXM Weather service.)
4)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will
appear around the weather report when it is selected.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP
text. The data is first displayed in a decoded fashion, followed by the original
text. Note the original text may contain additional information not present in
the decoded version.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page or Navigation
Map Page.
2)
Press the Joystick and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The
system displays TFR summary information above the map.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4)
If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT
Key. The system displays the TFR Information window.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displaying TFR Data:
103
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Flight
Management
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
3)
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which
TFR data can be displayed:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range settings.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Viewing FIS-B status:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable FIS-B
Weather’, and press the ENT Key. The system will not receive FIS-B weather
information when FIS-B Weather is disabled.
TERRAIN DISPLAYS
Displaying relative terrain information (MFD maps other
than the terrain page)
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the Map/HSI Softkey).
2)
Press the TER Softkey as needed to cycle through the terrain options, with the
current selection displayed in cyan on the softkey (‘Off’, ‘Topo’ or ‘REL’). ‘REL’
indicates relative terrain is selected.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation
Map Page:
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
104
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
Flight
Instruments
3)
EIS
• Terrain Display – Enables the display of relative (‘REL’) terrain data or select ‘Off’
to disable; also sets maximum map range at which terrain is shown.
maximum range at which point obstacles are shown
• Wire Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of wire obstacle data and sets
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Point Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of point obstacle data and sets
maximum range at which wire obstacles are shown
Flight
Management
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Hazard
Avoidance
6)
Displaying the terrain page:
Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVT/TAWS-B
Page.
AFCS
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’
(choice dependent on the current state), then press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD):
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the VSD.
Appendix
Select the Navigation Map Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Or:
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ (choice dependent
on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
105
Index
1)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Showing/hiding aviation information on the terrain page:
Selecting a VSD Mode:
1)
Select the Navigation MapPage.
2)
Press the Inset Softkey.
3)
Press the VSD Softkey, which displays the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the
softkey selects a mode: FPL (Flight Plan), TRK (track), or Auto.
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the ‘Map
- Navigation Map’ Page:
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘VSD’ group, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Track Mode Boundary ‘On’ or ‘Off’
field. Turn the small FMS Knob if needed to change this setting.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the maximum map range to display the
Track Mode Boundary. Turn the small FMS Knob to select a maximum range,
then press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
Inhibiting/enabling FLTA Alerting (Terrain SVT and TAWS-B
only):
1)
Select the terrain page.
2)
Press the Inhibit Softkey. FLTA alerting is inhibited when softkey annunciator is
green.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired inhibit or enable option, then press
the ENT Key.
When the Navigation Map range is adjusted with the Joystick, the horizontal distance
of the VSD is adjusted to match the distance shown on the map range arc, down to one
nautical mile. If the Navigation Map range is adjusted below one nautical mile, the VSD
range remains at one nautical mile. When Navigation Map range is adjusted to remove
altitude-correlated colored terrain data (as shown in the Terrain Legend) or obstacles
from the Navigation Map, these items are also removed from the VSD; only an outline
of the terrain will be displayed in black in the VSD Inset Window.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
106
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Track Mode
Boundary enabled
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Altitude Scale
Figure 16 VSD on the Navigation Map Page with Relative Terrain
Information
Flight
Management
VSD Total Distance
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Figure 17 VSD with Tall Obstacles
Enabling/disabling traffic overlays (MFD navigation maps):
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Select the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the navigation map.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)
Appendix
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset
Map or HSI Map:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the TrafficSoftkey to enable/disable the display traffic information on the
Inset Map or HSI Map.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
107
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
Flight
Management
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with
the option to turn off)
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page
with the changed settings.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:
Press the TIS OPER Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT
Key.
Index
Appendix
Or:
108
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the TNA Mute Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of
the Traffic Map Page.
EIS
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off)
and press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
Switching between TIS modes:
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Standby or Operate Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is
displayed in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Flight
Management
1)
AFCS
TAS TRAFFIC
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the Operate or TAS OPER Softkey to select Operating Mode.
4)
Press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey to select Standby Mode.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
2)
Turn the Joystick to adjust the map range to 2 NM for the inner range ring, and
6 NM for the outer range ring. This ensures the full traffic test pattern is
depicted on the map.
3)
If the traffic system is Operating Mode, press the Standby or TAS Standby
Softkey.
4)
Press the Test Softkey.
Index
Select the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Testing the Traffic System:
109
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
On the Traffic Map Page, press the MENU Key and turn the FMS Knob
highlight ‘Test Mode’.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Selecting a TAS Operating Mode:
1)
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
To select Standby Mode, press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired mode and press the ENT Key.
Changing the altitude range of traffic to display:
1)
On the ‘Map — Traffic Map’ Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2)
Press one of the following softkeys:
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 9900 feet
AFCS
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb
phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute
phase of flight.
above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent
phase of flight.
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet
below the aircraft.
3)
To return to the Traffic Map Page, press the Back Softkey.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following softkeys (see previous
description):
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
• Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 2700 feet
• Above
• Normal
Index
• Below
• Unrestricted
3)
110
Press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:
On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, select the FLT ID Softkey.
Or:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice
dependent on current state).
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the MENU Key.
Selecting a display range on the Traffic Map Page:
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to
decrease the map range.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
AFCS
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD navigation
maps):
Flight
Management
1)
1)
EIS
1)
Additional
Features
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map
Page:
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
Appendix
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
Index
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
111
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with
the option to turn off
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
6)
Showing the HSI Traffic Map:
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the HSI Trfc Softkey.
Enabling/disabling traffic overlay on PFD navigation maps:
1)
With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the ADS-B Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
ADS-B TRAFFIC
Or:
a)
Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘ADS-B On’
or ‘ADS-B Off’.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to ensure full
test pattern display.
3)
Ensure the the ADS-B Softkey is disabled.
4)
If the optional TAS/TCAS I is installed, ensure the TAS STBY Softkey is enabled.
5)
Press the Test Softkey.
112
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
a)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test Mode’.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
EIS
Changing the altitude range:
On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2)
Select one of the following softkeys:
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above
the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of
flight.
aircraft to 9000 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of
flight.
Hazard
Avoidance
• Below:Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the
Flight
Management
aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet
3)
AFCS
below the aircraft.
To return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, select the Back Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight one of the following options (see softkey
description in step 2 above):
Abnormal
Operation
• Above
• Normal
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Below
• Unrestricted
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Motion Softkey.
3)
Press one of the following softkeys:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
1)
Appendix
Enabling/disabling the Motion Vector display:
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
1)
113
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
• Absolute: Displays the motion vector pointing in the absolute direction.
• Relative: Displays the motion vector relative to own aircraft
4)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
5)
Press the MENU Key.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Relative Motion’, ‘Absolute Motion’ or
‘Motion Vector Off’.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
Adjusting the duration for the Motion Vector projected
time:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Motion Softkey.
3)
Press the Duration Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired duration (30 SEC, 1 MIN, 2 MIN, 5 MIN).
5)
When finished, press the Back Softkey to return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
• Off: Disables the display of the motion vector.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Showing additional traffic information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob. The first selected traffic symbol is highlighted in cyan.
Additional information appears in a window in the upper-right corner of the
‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
3)
To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the FMS Knob until the selected
aircraft traffic symbol is highlighted.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob again to disable the traffic selection.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1)
Turn the Joystick.
2)
The following range options are available:
• 500 feet
• 500 feet and 1000 feet
Index
• 1000 feet and 2000 feet
• 2000 feet and 1 nm
114
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
• 1 and 2 nm
• 2 and 6 nm
• 6 and 12 nm
EIS
• 12 and 24 nm
• 24 and 40 nm
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
115
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
BLANK PAGE
116
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight
Instruments
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATION
EIS
Activating The Flight Director
Modes Selected
PIT
AP Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Roll Hold (default)
PIT
CWS Button
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Roll Hold (default)
PIT
GA Button
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
Takeoff (on Ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
ALT Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Altitude Hold
ALT
VS Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Speed
VS
VNV Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Path
Tracking*
VPTH
NAV Key
Navigation**
FMS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
APR Key
Approach**
FMS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
HDG Key
Heading Select
HDG
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight
director.
Appendix
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active
FMS course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Pitch Hold (default)
Abnormal
Operation
ROL
Additional
Features
Roll Hold (default)
AFCS
FD Key
Vertical
Hazard
Avoidance
Lateral
Flight
Management
Control
Pressed
Audio Panel
and CNS
An initial press of a key listed in the table below (when the flight director is not
active) activates the pilot-side flight director in the listed modes. The flight
director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the displays
by pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is
engaged.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
117
AFCS MODES
Vertical Modes
The following table lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and
annunciations. The mode reference is displayed next to the active mode annunciation for
Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes. The NOSE UP/DN Keys
can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold,
Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges
of values for each of these references using the NOSE UP/DN Keys are also listed in the
table.
Vertical
Mode
Descriptio
n
Control
Annunciation
Reference
Range
Reference
Change
Increment
Pitch
Hold
Holds the
current
aircraft
pitch
attitude;
may be
used to
climb/
descend to
the
Selected
Altitude
(default)
PIT
-15° to +25°
0.5°
*
ALTS
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
Abnormal
Operation
Selected Captures
Altitude the
Capture Selected
Altitude
Holds the
current
Altitude
Reference
ALT Key
ALT
nnnnn ft
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Altitude
Hold
118
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Control
Annunciation
Reference
Range
Reference
Change
Increment
Vertical
Speed
Maintains
the current
aircraft
vertical
speed; may
be used to
climb/
descend to
the
Selected
Altitude
VS Key
VS
nnnn
fpm
-4000 to
+3000 fpm
100 fpm
Flight
Level
Change
Maintains
the current
aircraft
airspeed
while the
aircraft is
climbing/
descending
to the
Selected
Altitude
FLC Key
FLC
nnn kt
80 to 265 kt
1 kt
EIS
Descriptio
n
Flight
Instruments
Vertical
Mode
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Lateral Modes
Abnormal
Operation
The following table relates each Garmin AFCS lateral mode to its respective control and
annunciation. Refer to the combination modes section for information regarding Go
Around and Takeoff modes.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
119
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
Description
Control
Annunciation
Maximum Roll
Command
Limit
Roll Hold
Holds the
current aircraft
roll attitude or
rolls the wings
level,
depending on
the
commanded
bank angle
(default)
ROL
25°
Heading Select
Captures and
tracks the
Selected
Heading
HDG Key
HDG
25°
Navigation,
FMS Arm/
Capture/Track
Captures and
tracks the
selected
navigation
source (FMS,
VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
FMS
25°
Navigation,
VOR Enroute
Arm/Capture/
Track
Captures and
tracks the
selected
navigation
source (FMS,
VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
VOR
25°
Capture/10°
Track
Navigation,
LOC Arm/
Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
Captures and
tracks the
selected
navigation
source (FMS,
VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
LOC
25°
Capture/10°
Track
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Lateral Mode
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation,
Backcourse, or Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected
Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button.
Index
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, GA)
The following table lists the modes that operating by using both Vertical and Lateral
Modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations.
120
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Control
Annunciation
Vertical Path
Tracking
Captures and
tracks
descent legs
of an active
vertical
profile
VNV
Key
VPTH
VNV Target
Altitude
Capture
Captures the
Vertical
Navigation
(VNV) Target
Altitude
*
ALTV
GP
AFCS
GS
Additional
Features
FMS
25°
Abnormal
Operation
VAPP
LOC
25°
Capture 10
Track°
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Approach, VOR
Captures and
Arm/Capture/
tracks the
Track
selected
APR Key
Approach, ILS
navigation
Arm/Capture/
source (FMS,
Track
VOR, LOC)
(Glideslope
Mode
automatically
armed)
Hazard
Avoidance
Approach, FMS
Arm/Capture/
Track
Flight
Management
Glideslope
Captures and
tracks the
SBAS
glidepath on
approach
APR Key
Captures and
tracks the ILS
glideslope on
approach
Audio Panel
and CNS
Glidepath
EIS
Description
Ref.
Range
Flight
Instruments
Mode
Maximum
Roll
Command
Limit
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
121
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
Control
Takeoff
Disengages
the autopilot
and
commands a
constant
pitch angle
and wings
level on the
ground in
preparation
for takeoff
GA
Button
TO
6°
Go Around
Disengages
the autopilot
and
commands a
constant
pitch angle
and wings
level in the
air
GA
Button
GA
6°
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Annunciation
Ref.
Range
Description
EIS
Mode
Maximum
Roll
Command
Limit
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be
captured instead of Selected Altitude.
122
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SAFETAXI
EIS
Configuring SafeTaxi Range
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to display
the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Map Settings’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Aviation’ Group options to
SafeTaxi.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi
display range.
7)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
CHARTS
Additional
Features
Selecting preferred charts source:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup menu option and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the Preferred Charts Source option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the available options (FliteCharts,
ChartView).
Annunciations
& Alerts
While viewing a chart select the MENU Softkey to display the Page Menu
options.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
123
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Flight
Management
Preferred Charts Source Option
Chart Setup Option
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 18 Preferred Charts Source
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Chart Source
Figure 19 Chart Source
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, ‘NRST-Nearest Airport’ Page, or
‘FPL-Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the Charts Softkey.
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Options’ Menu to Charts.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Index
Appendix
Or:
124
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Navigation Map Page Options Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page Options Menu
AFCS
Figure 21 Chart Not Available Banner
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
125
Index
The chart shown is one associated with the ‘WPT–Airport Information’ page.
Usually this is the airport runway diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but
Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that page appears. If
Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is
shown.
Appendix
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the
active flight plan, the chart appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active,
or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the Charts Softkey
displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
Annunciations
& Alerts
When a chart is not available by pressing the Charts Softkey or selecting a Page
Menu Option, charts may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or
Flight Plan Pages.
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 22 Unable To Display Chart Banner
Additional
Features
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an
individual chart), the banner Unable To Display Chart is then displayed.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner No Available Charts
appears on the screen. The No Available Charts banner does not refer to the
FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart
selection or procedure for a selected airport.
Flight
Management
Figure 20 Option Menus
Selecting a chart
1)
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, ‘FPL-Active Flight Plan’ Page, or
‘NRST-Nearest Airports’ Page, press the Chart Softkey. The airport diagram or
approach chart is displayed on the ‘WPT-Airport Information’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
‘Approach’ Box. (Press the APR Softkey if the ‘Approach’ Box is not currently
shown).
4)
Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Approach’ Box.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9)
Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
Appendix
Chart Scale
Figure 23 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
Index
While the Approaches Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys are
blank. Once the desired chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and
126
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Another source for additional airport information is from the Info Box above the
chart for certain airports. This information source is not related to the Info 1 or
Info 2 Softkey. When the Info Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys
are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering
information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline
Parking Gate Coordinates, and Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in
parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
Flight
Management
Pressing the Info 1 or Info 2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the
view is on a different chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the
Info 1 or Info 2 Softkey has no effect. The aircraft position is shown in
magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is within
the chart boundaries.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Pressing the Chart Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the
associated map in the WPT page group. In the example shown, the Chart
Softkey switches between the Gainesville, FL (KGNV) Airport Diagram and the
navigation map on the ‘WPT–Airport Information’ page.
EIS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the
aircraft position is within the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not
displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If the Chart Scale Box
displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft
Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to
scale.
Flight
Instruments
the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing the Joystick centers
the chart on the screen.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
127
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Hazard
Avoidance
Aircraft
Current
Position
Figure 24 Airport Information Page, Info View, Full Screen Width
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
In the example shown in following figure, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing
the ENT Key displays the Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart.
128
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Figure 25 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from Info
View
- Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Additional
Features
- Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if
available.
- Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if
available.
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Appendix
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations
& Alerts
- Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the
ChartView database. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM
information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS are not
available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the
chart page selections. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS
information.
Abnormal
Operation
- Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information,
and includes weather data such as METAR and TAF from the SiriusXM Data Link
Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only when a SiriusXM
Data Link Receiver is installed and the SiriusXM Weather subscription is current.
129
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
EIS
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the
displayed Jeppesen chart are available when the NOTAM Softkey is pressed.
There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the flight that may not be
displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen database
published NOTAMs.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Chart Options
Pressing the CHRTOpt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options
level.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Pressing the All Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
Figure 26 Approach Information Page, All View
Pressing the Header Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on
the screen.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Complete
Chart
Shown
Pressing the Plan Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
Pressing the Profile Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
Pressing the Minimums Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at
the bottom of the approach chart.
If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing the Fit
WDTH Softkey changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
130
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Selecting Additional Information
While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the Full SCN Softkey to display
the information windows (Airport, Info).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Airport, Info, Runways, or Frequencies
Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Info Box choices. If multiple choices are
available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
5)
Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data
window to the right.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the ‘Full Screen’ and ‘Color Scheme’
Options.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the ‘On’ and ‘Off’ ‘Full Screen’
Options.
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu Option and press
the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’
Options.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Selecting full screen On or Off:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart
selection softkeys. The full screen view can also be selected by using the page
menu option.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Full Screen On/Off Selection
Index
Chart Setup Option
Figure 27 Page Menus
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
131
Day/Night View
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night
viewing. The Day View offers a better presentation in a bright environment. The
Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark environment. When
the Chart Setup Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
1)
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’
Options.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu Option and press
the ENT Key.
Figure 28 Page Menu Chart Setup
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Color Scheme’ Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘Day’, ‘Auto’, and ‘Night’ Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The percentage
value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of backlighting
intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes
when the display backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Index
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This
may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the display range.
6)
132
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Figure 29 Arrival Information Page, Day View
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 30 Arrival Information Page, Night View
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Airport Information Page. Initially,
information for the airport closest to the aircraft’s present position is displayed.
3)
If necessary, press the Info softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
Appendix
1)
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
133
Figure 31 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
Modifying the Chart Settings:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Display VFR’ Field, the ‘Display IFR Low’
Field, or the ‘Display IFR High’ Field.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The selected chart is displayed.
Selecting IFR Low, IFR High, VFR Charts:
Select the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
Press the VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High Softkey to display the desired chart.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Select ‘Display VFR’, ‘Display IFR Low’ or ‘Display IFR High’ to display the desired
chart.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
134
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services:
Flight
Management
These IDs are located:
Audio Panel
and CNS
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service
subscriptions with the GDL 69A SiriusXM. Either or both services can be
activated. SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A SiriusXM, allows it to play
entertainment programming.
EIS
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or
two coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the
Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite Radio to activate
the entertainment subscription.
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available
Hazard
Avoidance
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD
at www.garmin.com, P/N 190-00355-04)
AFCS
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be
located.
Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM
Satellite Radio services.
2)
Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3)
Select the ‘Aux - XM Radio’ page.
4)
Press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux-XM Information’ Page.
5)
Verify that the desired services are activated.
Additional
Features
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
135
Audio
Radio ID
Data
Radio ID
Weather
Products
Window
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Figure 32 XM Information Page
Index
If SiriusXM Weather services have not been activated, all the weather product
boxes are blank on the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required
message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map Page
Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available
for subscription.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed ‘Aux — XM Information’ Page.
3)
Press the Radio Softkey to show the ‘Aux — XM Radio’ Page where audio
entertainment is controlled.
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1)
While on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the CH+Softkey to go up through the list in the ‘Channels’ Box, or move
down the list with the CH–Softkey.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
6)
Or:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob
to scroll through the channels.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
136
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Selecting a channel directly:
While on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the ‘Active Channel’ Box is
highlighted.
3)
Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly
select the desired channel number.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
EIS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Selecting a category:
Press the Category Softkey on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page.
2)
Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Flight
Management
1)
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired
category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting All
Categories places all channels in the list.
Setting a preset channel number:
On the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, while listening to an ‘Active Channel’ that is
wanted for a preset, press the Presets Softkey to access the first five preset
channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
2)
Press the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6 – Preset 10),
and again to access the last five channels (Preset 11 – Preset 15). Pressing the
More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3)
Press any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) softkeys to assign a number to the
active channel.
4)
Press the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a
preset.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Pressing the Back Softkey, or 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system
to the top level softkeys.
CONNEXT SETUP
Appendix
Viewing the Connext Setup Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Connext Setup page.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
137
Changing the Bluetooth Name:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Bluetooth Name’ field.
3)
Enter the desired name by using the large FMS Knob to select the character
field, and the small FMS Knob select the desired alphanumeric character for
that field.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is removed and the new name is displayed.
Enabling/Disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin
Pilot:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Flight Plan Import’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/Disabling WiFi Database Importing from Garmin
Pilot:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘WiFi Database Import’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/Disabling Automatic Reconnection of a Specific
Paired Device:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’. Selecting ‘Enabled’
allows the system to automatically connect to a previously paired device when
detected.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
138
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3)
Press the Remove Softkey. A confirmation screen is displayed.
4)
If necessary, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Yes’.
5)
Press the ENT Key to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
Audio Panel
and CNS
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Remove a Specific Paired Device from the List of Paired
Devices:
Flight
Management
WIFI CONNECTIONS
Viewing the WiFi Setup Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Maintenance WiFi Setup’ Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Setting up a new WiFi connection:
1)
AFCS
Press the Avail Softkey on the MFD. A list of available networks will be
displayed in the Available Networks window. Signal strength is shown for each
network, as well as security requirements and whether the network has been
saved in the system’s memory.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Figure 33 Available WiFi Networks
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
139
2)
a)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Rescan Available Networks’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to place the cursor in the list of networks.
4)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired network.
Figure 34 Desired Network Selected
5)
a)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Connect to Selected
Network’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
6)
If the network is secured, a window will be displayed in order to enter the
necessary passcode. Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired alpha numeric
characters. Press the CapsLock Softkey to enter upper case letters. If there is no
security associated with the network, proceed to step 9.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ will be highlighted.
Index
Appendix
Press the Connect Softkey.
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
If necessary, press the Rescan Softkey to have the system scan again for
available networks.
Or:
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
140
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the ENT Key again.
9)
The Save Settings window is now displayed with the cursor highlighting ‘Save
Connection’.
EIS
10) The selected network can be saved to system memory to make re-connection
easier at a later time.
Flight
Instruments
8)
Editing a saved network:
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be edited.
3)
Pressing the ENT Key at this point will check or uncheck the Auto Connect
checkbox. When a checkmark is present, the system will automatically connect
to the network when within range.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor now appears in the Connection Settings
window.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the network attribute to be edited.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to begin editing the field.
7)
When the entry is complete, press the ENT Key.
8)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key until ‘Save’ is highlighted.
9)
Press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
While viewing list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Disconnecting a WiFi network:
Press the DISCNCT Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disconnect From Network’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Deleting a saved WiFi network:
While viewing the list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be deleted.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey. The selected network is removed from the list.
Appendix
1)
Abnormal
Operation
a)
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
141
ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
NOTE: The optional checklists presented here are for example only and may
differ from checklists available for the airframe. The information described in this
section is not intended to replace the checklist information described in the POH
or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. Checklists are
created by the aircraft manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists
are coordinated through the aircraft manufacturer. The user cannot edit these
checklists.
The MFD is able to display optional electronic checklists which allow a pilot to quickly
find the proper procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight. The system
accesses the checklists from an SD card inserted into the bezel slot. If the SD card contains
an invalid checklist file or no checklist, the Power-up Page messages display ‘Checklist File:
Invalid’ or ‘Checklist File: N/A’ (not available) and the ChecklistSoftkey is not available.
1)
From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey
or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Group’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Checklist’ field.
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The
selected checklist item is indicated with white text surrounded by a white box.
6)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The
line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the associated box. The next
line item is automatically selected for checking.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Accessing and Navigating Checklist
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
7)
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed
in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all items in the
checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in
yellow text.
8)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
142
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
Flight
Instruments
9)
10) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
Accessing Emergency Checklist
Press the EMER Softkey.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist
item. The line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it.
The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
6)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7)
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
8)
Press the Return Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
9)
Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
Additional
Features
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed
in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all items in the
checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in
yellow text.
Abnormal
Operation
ELECTRONIC STABILITY AND PROTECTION (ESP)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Enabling/Disabling ESP:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, select the Setup 2 Softkey to display the ‘Aux-System Setup 2’
Page. If the Aux-System Setup 2 is already displayed, proceed to step 4.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Stability & Protection field.
143
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Appendix
1)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
AFCS
5)
Hazard
Avoidance
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey
or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
EIS
1)
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
144
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
ABNORMAL OPERATION
REVERSIONARY MODE
Audio Panel
and CNS
System Power-up
EIS
This section discusses powering up the system, normal and reversionary display
operation, annunciations, system status, air data and attitude heading reference system
(ADAHRS) modes of operation, and GPS receiver operation.
NOTE: See the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for specific procedures
concerning avionics power application and emergency power supply operation.
Additional
Features
When the MFD powers up, the MFD Power-up Page displays the following
information:
AFCS
When powering up the system, test annunciations are displayed and key annunciator
lights also become momentarily illuminated on the audio panel and the display bezels. On
the PFD, the ADAHRS begins to initialize and an alignment message is displayed. All
system annunciations should disappear typically within one minute of power-up.
Hazard
Avoidance
The system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly
from electrical busses. The PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both poweron and continuous built-in test features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, and
external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation.
Flight
Management
NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific
annunciations and alerts.
• System version
Abnormal
Operation
• Checklist File
• Land database name and version
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Safe Taxi database name and effective dates
• Terrain database name and version
• Obstacle database name and effective dates
Appendix
• Navigation database name and effective dates
• Airport Directory name and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
Index
• IFR/VFR charts database information (optional)
• Crew Profile
• Copyright
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
145
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and
database type. When this information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no
databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to continue.
NOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the
PFD (see Section 1.5). In reversionary mode, it can be adjusted from the
remaining display.
In normal operating mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude,
heading, airspeed, altitude, vertical speed), replacing the traditional flight instrument
cluster (see the Flight Instruments Section for more information). The MFD normally
displays a full-color moving map with navigation information (see the Flight Management
Section), while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System
(see the EIS Section). Both displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Normal Operation
Figure 35 Normal Operation
Reversionary Mode
NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs.
Refer to the Appendices for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
In the event of a display failure, the system can be manually switched to reversionary
(backup) mode (all remaining displays enter reversionary mode). In reversionary mode, all
important flight information is presented on the remaining display(s) in the same format as
in normal operating mode.
If a display fails, the appropriate IAU-display Ethernet interface is cut off. Thus, the IAU
can no longer communicate with the remaining display (refer to the figure below), and the
NAV and COM functions provided to the failed display by the IAU are flagged as invalid on
the remaining display. The system reverts to backup paths for the ADAHRS, Engine/Airframe
Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is completely automated for
all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
146
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
Reversionary mode may be manually activated by pressing the Audio Panel’s red DISPLAY
BACKUP Button. Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode.
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Figure 36 Reversionary Mode
ABNORMAL COM OPERATION
Hazard
Avoidance
COM Tuning Failure
AFCS
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is
automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the
failure mode, a red X may appear on the frequency display.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal
Operation
The annunciations listed in the following table can appear on the HSI when abnormal
GPS conditions occur. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
Dead Reckoning Mode.
Additional
Features
Abnormal GPS Conditions
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
147
Annunciation
Location
GPS LOI
Right of HSI
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS
integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
GPS
INTEG OK
Right of HSI
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been
restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
DR
Lower left of aircraft
symbol if HSI Map is
disabled, or on
aircraft icon if HSI
Map enabled
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Description
Dead Reckoning–System is using
projected position rather than GPS
position to compute navigation data
and sequence active flight plan
waypoints
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 5 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Figure 37 Example HSI Annunciations
In Dead Reckoning Mode, the CDI is removed (when FMS is the selected navigation
source), and the following items on the PFD are then shown in amber:
• Current Track Bug
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Wind Data
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• FMS bearing pointers
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and they
become increasingly inaccurate over time.
SVT Troubleshooting
SVT is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and
traffic inputs. SVT is disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the
display. In case of invalid SVT data, the PFD display reverts to the standard blue-overbrown attitude display.
148
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
• Attitude data
• Heading data
• GPS position data
EIS
• 4.9 Arc-second Terrain data
• Obstacle data
Audio Panel
and CNS
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is
enabled when switching to Reversionary Mode, SVT will take up to 30 seconds to be
displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD display will be shown in the interim.
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the
horizon warn of extreme pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator,
starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
AFCS
Nose High
Hazard
Avoidance
Unusual Attitudes
Flight
Management
SVT in Reversionary Mode
Nose Low
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 38 Pitch Attitude Warnings
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD
is removed. The Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal
Situation indicators remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and
Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The following
information is removed from each PFD and their softkeys are disabled when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
149
Traffic Annunciations
System Time
Minimum Descent
Altitude/Decision Height
readout
AFCS Annunciations
PFD Setup Menu
Vertical Deviation,
Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
Inset Map
Windows displayed in the
lower right corner of the
PFD:
Altimeter Barometric
Setting
Outside Air Temperature
(OAT)
— References Window
Selected Altitude
ISA temperature deviation
— Nearest Airports
VNV Target Altitude
Wind data
— Flight Plan
Ground Speed
Selected Heading readout
— Messages
True Airspeed
Selected Course readout
— Procedures
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Transponder Status Box
Additional
Features
AFCS
SVT Unusual Attitudes
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at
the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also
displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display. This is
intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Blue Band
Appendix
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
Index
Figure 39 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
150
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent
indications.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Also, while the system is in DR Mode, some terrain functions are not available.
Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is
questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded accuracy.
Additional
Features
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an
estimated position and is displayed as amber text on the display to denote degraded
navigation source information as shown in the following figure. If the VSD Inset is selected
on the MFD, ‘VSD Not Available’ will be displayed.
AFCS
DR Mode is indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in
amber over the ‘own aircraft’ symbol. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in amber on
the HSI slightly below and to the left of the aircraft symbol on the CDI. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot
will remain coupled in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available (20 min.)
Furthermore, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using
GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored.
Hazard
Avoidance
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of
satellite measurements needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind
direction compound the relative inaccuracy of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy,
other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position awareness until GPS-derived
position data is restored.
Flight
Management
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR Mode
may become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If
while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data is also lost or not available, the DR function
may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and, consequently, the system
may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the system through DR while there is no heading and/or
airspeed data available should not be used for navigation.
Audio Panel
and CNS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the system detects an invalid GPS solution
or is unable to calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning
(DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the system uses its last-known position combined with
continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to calculate and display
the aircraft’s current estimated position.
EIS
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN)
phase of flight. In all other phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS
POSITION” annunciation on the map and the system stops using GPS.
Flight
Instruments
DEAD RECKONING
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
151
Distance &
Bearing
Current
Track
Indicator
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
Course Deviation
Indicator
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
Bearing
Pointer/
Distance
AFCS
Nav Data Bar
All data except
Active Leg, TAS,
and DTK are in
amber
Figure 5-87 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Amber
Figure 40 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Amber
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
152
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
EIS
System Annunciations
NOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as system equipment
begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of
power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, the system should be
serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
Audio Panel
and CNS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red or amber “X” is typically displayed
on windows associated with the failed data. Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook
(POH) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
Flight
Management
System Annunciation
AFCS
NOTE: Refer to the POH for additional information regarding pilot responses to
these annunciations.
Hazard
Avoidance
The status of detected LRUs can be checked on the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page. Active
LRUs are indicated by green check marks; failed by red ‘X’s. Failed LRUs should be noted
and a service center or Garmin-authorized dealer informed.
Comment
Additional
Features
Air Data, Attitude and Heading Reference System is
aligning. Note, display reads “AHRS” for an ADAHRS
system.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Display system is not receiving attitude information
from the ADAHRS.
Appendix
AHRS calibration incomplete or configuration module
failure. Note, display reads “AHRS” for an ADAHRS
system.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
153
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
System Annunciation
EIS
GPS information is either not present or is invalid for
navigation use. Note that ADAHRS utilizes GPS inputs
during normal operation. ADAHRS operation may be
degraded if GPS signals are not present (see POH).
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from the
ADAHRS.
Hazard
Avoidance
Display system is not receiving vertical speed input
from the ADAHRS.
AFCS
Display system is not receiving valid heading input
from the ADAHRS or magnetometer.
Additional
Features
Display system is not receiving altitude input from the
ADAHRS.
Display system is not receiving valid OAT information
from the ADAHRS.
Abnormal
Operation
Display system is not receiving valid transponder
information.
Other Various Amber/Red
X Indications
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Comment
A red or amber ‘X’ through any other display field
(such as engine instrumentation fields) indicates that
the field is not receiving valid data.
Table 6 System Annunciations
CAS MESSAGES
Index
CAS Messages
The following annunciations are configured specifically for the Piper Archer. Red
annunciation window text signifies warnings, amber signifies cautions, and white signifies
advisories. See the POH for recommended pilot actions.
154
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Warning Messages
Flight
Instruments
Warning Messages
Description
Alternator failure
ALTR FAIL
R FUEL QTY
Right fuel quantity in warning range
START ENGD
Starter motor energized when engine is running
Audio Panel
and CNS
Left fuel quantity in warning range
EIS
L FUEL QTY
Caution Messages
AC DOOR OPEN*
Flight
Management
Caution Messages
Description
Air conditioning condenser door is open
Left fuel quantity in caution range
R FUEL QTY
Right fuel quantity in caution range
Pitot heat failure
PITOT HEAT OFF
Pitot heat selected OFF
AFCS
PITOT HEAT FAIL
Hazard
Avoidance
L FUEL QTY
*Optional
Advisory Messages
AV FAN FAIL
EMERG BAT ON
Air conditioning condenser door is open
Avionics cooling fan is inoperative
Emergency power in use
Annunciations
& Alerts
FUEL IMBAL
Description
Abnormal
Operation
AC DOOR OPEN*
Additional
Features
Advisory Messages
Fuel imbalance (left vs. right tank quantity)
Maintenance Mode has been activated
MFD FAN FAIL
MFD display fan is inoperative.
PFD FAN FAIL
PFD1 display fan is inoperative
Appendix
MAINT MODE
*Optional
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
155
FIS—B WEATHER STATUS
FIS-B Weather Status
Additional information about the status of FIS-B weather products is available on the ‘Aux
- ADS-B Status Page’.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Figure 41 Viewing FIS-B Weather Status on ADS-B Status Page
ADS-B Status Page Item
Status
Message
Description
FIS-B Weather Status: FIS-B
Processing
ENABLED
The FIS-B weather feature is enabled to
process and display FIS-B weather
products.
DISABLED
---------------Weather Products: AIRMET
CONUS NEXRAD METAR
METAR GRAPHICAL
NOTAM/TFR PIREP
REGIONAL NEXRAD
SIGMET TAF WINDS/TEMPS
ALOFT
156
AVAILABLE
The FIS-B weather feature is disabled
No FIS-B weather data received from the
transponder.
FIS-B weather data is available for
display for the weather product.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Status
Message
Description
AWAITING
DATA
The system is receiving the FIS-B
weather service, and is waiting to
receive the weather product from the
FIS-B data broadcast.
Audio Panel
and CNS
FIS-B weather data is not available for
the weather product, and/or the system
is not receiving the FIS-B weather
service.
EIS
NOT
AVAILABLE
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B Status Page Item
Table 7 Aux-ADS-B Status Page Messages for FIS-B Weather
Hazard
Avoidance
TERRAIN ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
Flight
Management
On the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) page, the pilot can enable/disable the FIS-B weather
feature, which includes all FIS-B weather products and related softkeys on various maps.
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVT
or TAWS-B software algorithms. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B alerts typically employ a caution
or a warning alert severity level, or both. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
displayed and voice alerts are simultaneously issued.
AFCS
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The terrain alert
annunciation appears to the left of the Selected Altitude box on the PFD, and bottom on the
MFD. If the terrain page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To
acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
157
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Pop-up
Alert
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Alert Annunciation
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 42 TAWS-B Alert Annunciations
Additional
Features
Potential Impact
Area
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 43 Navigation Map Page (After TAWS-B Pop-up Alert
Acknowledgment)
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Alert Type
PFD/TerrainSVT Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
Terrain-SVT
Page)
Voice Alert
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
“Warning; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced Required
Line Clearance
(RLC) Warning
“Warning; Wire, Wire”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning (ITI)
158
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
“Warning; Terrain,
Terrain”
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/TerrainSVT Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
Terrain-SVT
Page)
Voice Alert
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain,
Terrain”
Imminent Line
Impact Caution (ILI)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Additional
Features
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
AFCS
Reduced Required
Line Clearance
Caution (RLC)
Hazard
Avoidance
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Flight
Management
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Warning
(IOI)
Audio Panel
and CNS
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
EIS
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
Table 8 Terrain-SVT Alerts Summary
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B
Page)
Voice Alert
Annunciations
& Alerts
Excessive Descent
Rate Warning (EDR)
PFD/TAWS-B Page
Alert
Annunciation
Abnormal
Operation
Alert Type
“Pull Up”
Imminent Line
Impact Warning (ILI)
“Wire Ahead; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Line Clearance
Warning (RLC)
“Wire, Wire; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
159
Index
“Terrain, Terrain;
Pull Up, Pull Up”
Appendix
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Alert Type
PFD/TAWS-B Page
Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B
Page)
Voice Alert
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning
(ITI)
“Terrain, Terrain;
Pull Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Obstacle,
Obstacle; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Warning
(IOI)
“Obstacle,
Obstacle; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”
Required Reduced
Line Clearance
(RLC) Impact
Caution
“Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire”
Imminent Line
Clearance Impact
Caution (ILI)
“Wire Ahead;
Wire Ahead”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution,
Obstacle; Caution,
Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution,
Obstacle; Caution,
Obstacle”
Premature Descent
Alert Caution (PDA)
“Too Low,
Terrain”
Altitude Voice
Callout (VCO)
“500”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
160
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/TAWS-B Page
Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B
Page)
Voice Alert
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb
Rate Caution (NCR)
“Don’t Sink”
EIS
Excessive Descent
Rate Caution (EDR)
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
Audio Panel
and CNS
Table 9 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
System Status
Voice/Aural
Alert
TERRAIN
TEST
None
None
Single Aural
Chime
Terrain Alerting
Inhibited
None
None
No GPS Position
NO GPS
POSITION
“Terrain System
Not
Available”*
Excessively
degraded GPS
signal; or Out of
database coverage
area
None
“Terrain System
Not
Available”*
System Test in
Progress
System Test Passed
Index
161
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Annunciations
& Alerts
190–02131–02 Rev. A
None
Abnormal
Operation
Terrain-SVT Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
Additional
Features
PFD/Terrain-SVT
Page
Annunciation
AFCS
Alert Type
Hazard
Avoidance
During power-up, Terrain-SVT conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and
voice alerts. An voice alert is issued at test completion. Terrain-SVT continually
monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the system issues the voice
alert “Terrain System Failure” along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation. Terrain-SVT
requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums.
Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database
coverage area, the annunciation ‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window
and on the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ Page. The voice alert “Terrain System Not Available” is
generated. When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the aircraft is within the database
coverage area, the voice alert “Terrain System Available” is generated.
Flight
Management
Terrain-SVT
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
PFD/Terrain-SVT
Page
Annunciation
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Terrain System Test
Fail; Terrain or
Obstacle database
unavailable or
invalid; Invalid
software
configuration; or
System audio fault
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
MFD Terrain or
Obstacle database
unavailable or
invalid, and TerrainSVT operating with
PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
None
Terrain-SVT Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice/Aural
Alert
TERRAIN
FAIL
“Terrain System
Failure”
TERRAIN
DATABASE
FAILURE
None
Table 10 Terrain-SVT System Status Annunciations
AFCS
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
Additional
Features
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity,
hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the
voice alert “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert
annunciation.
Annunciations
& Alerts
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and voice
alerts. An voice alert is issued at test completion. The pilot can also manually select a
TAWS-B system test. The system test option is unavailable when the ground speed
exceeds 30 knots.
Abnormal
Operation
TAWS-B
Appendix
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy
minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of
the database coverage area, the system displays the ‘TAWS N/A’ annunciation, and
issues the “TAWS Not Available” voice alert. When the GPS signal integrity returns and
the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the system issues the voice alert,
“TAWS Available”
Index
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
162
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/TAWS-B
Page
Annunciation
TAWS-B Page Center
Banner Annunciation
Voice/Aural
Alert
TAWS TEST
None
None
Single Aural
Chime
Terrain Alerting
Inhibited
None
None
No GPS Position
NO GPS
POSITION
“TAWS Not
Available”*
Excessively
degraded GPS
signal; or Out of
database
coverage area
None
“TAWS Not
Available”*
TAWS-B System
Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle
database
unavailable or
invalid; Invalid
software
configuration; or
System audio
fault
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System
Failure”
TERRAIN
DATABASE
FAILURE
None
EIS
System Test in
Progress
System Test
Passed
None
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
None
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
MFD Terrain or
Obstacle
database
unavailable or
invalid, and
TAWS-B
operating with
PFD Terrain or
Obstacle
databases
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
Table 11 TAWS-B System Status Annunciations
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
163
Index
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
TIS ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
System Status
Description
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the
transponder*
DATA FAILED
Data is being received from the transponder, but
a failure is detected in the data stream*
FAILED
The transponder has failed*
FAILED
TIS is unavailable or out of range
Audio Panel
and CNS
Traffic Map Page Center
Banner Annunciation
Flight
Management
The system performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test,
TIS enters Standby Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the
power up test, an annunciation is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is
selected for display on another map while Standby Mode is selected, the traffic display
enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once the aircraft is
airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode
can be changed manually using softkeys or the page menu.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Table 12 TIS Failure Annunciations
164
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic
Overlay
Status Icon
(Navigation
Maps
Description
DATA FAILED
TRFC FAIL
Data is being
received from
the
transponder,
but a failure is
detected in
the data
stream*
NO DATA
TRFC FAIL
Data is not
being received
from the
transponder*
OPERATING
NONE
TIS is
operating and
is receiving
traffic data
from a data
link.
OPERATING
UNAVAILABLE
TIS is
operating, but
the traffic
service is
currently
unavailable or
is out of
reception
range.
STANDBY
STANDBY
TIS is in
Standby
Mode.
UNIT FAILED
TRFC FAIL
The
transponder
has failed*
EIS
Traffic Map Center
Banner Annunciation
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Map Mode
Annunciation
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Index
Table 13 TIS Modes and Status Annunciations
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
165
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
TA OFF SCALE
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range
TA X.X ± XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend
arrow (climbing/descending)
AGE MM:SS
Hazard
Avoidance
Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds
If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is
removed from the display The quality of displayed
traffic information is reduced as the age increases
TRFC COAST
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since
last message) The quality of displayed traffic
information is reduced when this message is displayed
TRFC RMVD
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12
to 60 seconds since last message) Traffic may exist
within the selected display range, but it is not displayed
TRFC FAIL
Traffic data has failed
Additional
Features
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
AFCS
Flight
Instruments
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at
the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed, as shown in the
following table.
NO TRFC
DATA
Abnormal
Operation
TRFC UNAVAIL
Traffic has not been detected
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
Annunciations
& Alerts
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 14 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations
Appendix
TAS TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
System Status
Index
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
166
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic Mode Annunciation (Traffic
Map Page)
EIS
Traffic System Test
Initiated
Traffic
Display
Status Icon
(Other
Maps)
Flight
Instruments
Mode
TEST (‘TEST MODE’ shown in
center of page)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Operating
OPERATING
Standby
Traffic System Failed*
Flight
Management
STANDBY(also shown in
center of page)
FAIL
* See for the following table for additional failure annunciations
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 15 Traffic Modes
NO DATA
FAILED
Data is not being received from the
traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic
unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
failure
Abnormal
Operation
DATA FAILED
Description
Additional
Features
Traffic Map Page Center
Annunciation
AFCS
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
center of the Traffic Map Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot
be selected.
Table 16 TAS/TCAS I Failure Annunciations
Appendix
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at
the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Incorrect data format received from the
traffic unit
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
167
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display
range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic
comes within the selected display range.
TA X.X ± XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic
Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in
nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
TA OFF SCALE
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a
failure or sending incorrectly formatted data)
TRFC FAIL
Flight
Management
Description
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
NO TRFC DATA
Hazard
Avoidance
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 17 TAS/TCAS I Traffic Status Annunciations
ADS-B System Status
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
ADS-B Mode
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
ADS-B TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
168
Traffic Mode
Annunciation
(Traffic Map
Page)
Traffic Map Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
ADS-B System
Test Initiated
ADS-B:
TEST
TEST MODE
ADS-B Operating
in Airborne Mode
ADS-B:
AIRB
NONE
ADS-B Operating
in Surface Mode
ADS-B:
SURF
NONE
ABS-B Traffic Off
ADS-B:
OFF
ADS-B TRFC
OFF
ADS-B Traffic Not
Available
ADS-B:
N/A
NO
TRK/HDG
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Traffic Display
Status Icon (Other
Maps)
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic Map Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
ADS-B:
FAIL
ADS-B TRFC
FAIL
ADS-B Failed*
Traffic Display
Status Icon (Other
Maps)
EIS
Traffic Mode
Annunciation
(Traffic Map
Page)
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B Mode
* See ‘Traffic Failure Annunciations’ Table for additional failure annunciations
Traffic Map Page Center
Annunciation
DATA FAILED
Data is not being received from the
traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic
unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
failure
Incorrect data format received from the
traffic unit
Additional
Features
Table 19 Traffic Failure Annunciations
Description
TA X.X±XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic
Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in nm,
altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude
trend arrow (climbing/descending).
TRFC FAIL
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
169
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display
range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic comes
within the selected display range.
Annunciations
& Alerts
TA OFF SCALE
Abnormal
Operation
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the
lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
AFCS
FAILED
Hazard
Avoidance
NO DATA
Description
Flight
Management
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
center of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode
cannot be selected.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Table 18 ADS-B Modes
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Description
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
NO TRFC DATA
EIS
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
ADS-B Status
Page Item
Status
Message
Traffic
Application
Status:
Airborne
(AIRB), Surface
(SURF),
Airborne Alerts
(CSA)
On
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
GPS Status:
GPS Source
170
Traffic application is currently on. Required
input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
Not Available
Traffic application is not available. Required
input data is available, but it does not meet
performance requirements.
Fault
Traffic application is not available. Required
input data is not available or the application
has failed
Not Configured
Traffic application is not available, because it
has not been configured. If this annunciation
persists, the system should be serviced.
---------------TIS-B/ADS-R
Coverage
Description
Available to Run Traffic application is not currently active, but
application is ready to run when condition(s)
determine the application should be active.
Required input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Table 20 Traffic Status Annunciations
Available
Traffic application status is invalid or
unknown.
The system is receiving the ADS-R coverage
from an FAA ground station.
Not Available
The system is not receiving the ADS-R
coverage from an FAA ground station.
--------------
ADS-R coverage is invalid or unknown.
External #1
The GTX 345R is using the #1 GPS receiver for
the GPS position source.
External #2
The GTX 345R is using the #2 GPS receiver for
the GPS position source.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Status
Message
---------
The GPS source is invalid or unknown.
Number of
minutes, or
‘------’
Displays the number of minutes since the last
uplink from a ground station occurred. If no
uplink has been received, or the status is
invalid, dashes appear instead of a number of
minutes.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Table 21 ‘Aux-ADS-B Status’ Page Messages for ADS-B Traffic
Flight
Management
VOICE ALERTS
Voice Alerts
Priority
“Airspeed”
Imminent stall is sensed by stall vane
Warning
“Traffic”
Aircraft has descended below the preset barometric
minimum descent altitude
TIS Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the TIS system
Caution
TAS Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the optional
GTS 800 TAS system. See the Hazard Avoidance
section for additional details on GTS 800 voice
alerts.
Played when the optional GTS 800 traffic system
passes a pilot-initiated self test.
“TAS System Test
Failed”
Played when the optional GTS 800 traffic system
fails a pilot-initiated self test.
“Vertical track”
“Timer Expired”
Aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued
only when vertical navigation is enabled.
Appendix
“TIS Not
Available”
Advisory
Annunciations
& Alerts
“TAS System Test
Passed”
Abnormal
Operation
“Traffic, (distance,
bearing,
altitude)”
Airspeed exceeds VNE
Additional
Features
“Minimums,
minimums”
Description
AFCS
“Stall”
Hazard
Avoidance
The following aural alerts are announced by the system using a voice of female
gender. If an optional terrain system is installed, voice alerts are also generated (refer to
the appropriate terrain alerts section).
Message
EIS
Ground Uplink
Status: Last
Uplink
Description
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B Status
Page Item
Aircraft is outside TIS coverage area
Countdown timer on the PFD has reached zero
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
171
SYSTEM MESSAGES
System Messages
This section describes various system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due
to an LRU or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a
corresponding red or amber ‘X’ annunciation as shown previously in the System
Annunciation section.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
NOTE: This section provides information regarding message advisories that may
be displayed by the system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight
conditions, and other existing operational priorities must be considered when
responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance
found in this section.
Message Advisory
Comments
ABORT APR – Loss of
GPS navigation. Abort
approach.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The AHRS should be serviced.
AHRS1 CAL – Calibration
version error. Srvc req’d.
The AHRS calibration version error. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1
config error. Config
service req’d.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
using backup GPS source.
The AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS
path has failed. The system should be serviced when
possible.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving any GPS
information.
The AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check POH limitations. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving backup GPS
information.
The AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
operating exclusively in
no-GPS mode.
The AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The
system should be serviced.
172
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 The AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date.
Update magnetic field model when practical.
Magnetic-field model
needs update.
APR DWNGRADE –
Approach downgraded.
Use LNAV minima when approach is downgraded.
ARSPC AHEAD –
Airspace ahead less than
10 minutes.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft
will penetrate the airspace within 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace
near – less than 2 nm.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft
position.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace
near and ahead.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft
position.
APR INACTV – Approach
is not active.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach
is not active. Activate approach when required.
AUDIO MANIFEST Audio software mismatch,
communication halted.
Incorrect audio software installed. The system should
be serviced
Audio Panel
and CNS
The AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
CHECK ARRIVAL SPEED
– [Arrival Speed] KT AT
[LOC ID] exceeds VMO
The arrival speed loaded exceeds VMO.
CHECK DEPARTURE
SPEED – [Departure
Speed] KT AT [LOC ID]
exceeds VMO
The departure speed loaded exceeds VMO.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has
failed. The system should be serviced.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
The arrival speed loaded exceeds MMO.
Additional
Features
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC2 / [LOC ID] localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
is [CRS]°.
CHECK ARRIVAL SPEED
– [Arrival Speed] KT AT
[LOC ID] exceeds MMO.
EIS
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not
receiving airspeed.
173
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
A failure in the carbon monoxide detector has been
CO DET FAIL – The
carbon monoxide detector detected. The system should be serviced.
is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in carbon monoxide
CO DET SRVC – The
carbon monoxide detector detector has been detected. The detector may still be
available. The system should be serviced when
needs service.
possible.
COM #[1, 2] INOP – CAL
– Check COM calibration.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 calibration version error. Check
COM calibration.
COM #[1, 2] INOP –
CRNT – Check COM
current.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 current is low. Check COM
current.
COM #[1, 2] INOP –
INTRL – Com internal
fault.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has an internal fault.
COM #[1, 2] INOP –
SYNTH – COM
synthesizer lock fault.
The COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
COM1 CONFIG – COM1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The COM1 configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced
COM1 software mismatch. The system should be
COM1 MANIFEST –
serviced.
COM1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
COM1 PTT – COM1
push-to-talk key is stuck.
The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch again to
remote transfer key is
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
stuck.
should be serviced.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM1. COM1
may still be usable. The system should be serviced
when possible.
COM1 TEMP – COM1
over temp. Reducing
transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in COM1. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
174
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
COM2 CONFIG – COM2
config error. Config
service req’d.
The COM2 configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced
Audio Panel
and CNS
COM2 PTT – COM2
push-to-talk key is stuck.
EIS
COM2 software mismatch. The system should be
COM2 MANIFEST –
serviced.
COM2 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation.
Flight
Management
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch again to
remote transfer key is
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
stuck.
should be serviced.
The system has detected a failure in COM2. COM2
may still be usable. The system should be serviced
when possible.
COM2 TEMP – COM2
over temp. Reducing
transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in COM2. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
COPILOT RADIOS
MUTED –Copilot radios
are muted.
The copilot radios are set on mute.
DATA LOST – Pilot stored
data was lost. Recheck
settings.
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to
default pilot profile and settings. The pilot may
reconfigure the MFD & PFD with preferred settings, if
desired.
DB CHANGE – Database
changed. Verify user
modified procedures.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains
procedures that have been manually edited. This alert
is issued only after an navigation database update.
Verify that the user-modified procedures in stored
flight plans are correct and up to date.
DB CHANGE – Database
changed. Verify stored
airways.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an
airway that is no longer consistent with the navigation
database. This alert is issued only after an navigation
database update. Verify use of airways in stored flight
plans and reload airways as needed.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Index
175
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Additional
Features
190–02131–02 Rev. A
AFCS
COM2 SERVICE – COM2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
Message Advisory
The PFD and MFD have different navigation database
versions or types installed. Crossfill is off. Check the
AUX-System Status Page to determine versions or
regions. Also, check the AUX-System Status Page for a
database synchronization function not completed.
After synchronization is complete, power must be
turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH –
Obstacle database
mismatch.
The PFD and MFD have different obstacle database
versions or types installed. Check the AUX-System
Status Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the AUX-System Status Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned
off, then on.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
DB MISMATCH – Standby The PFD and MFD have different standby navigation
database versions or types installed. Check the AUXNavigation database
System Status Page to determine versions or regions.
mismatch.
Also, check the AUX-System Status Page for a
database synchronization function not completed.
After synchronization is complete, power must be
turned off, then on.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
DB MISMATCH – Terrain
database mismatch.
The PFD and MFD have different terrain database
versions or types installed. Check the AUX-System
Status Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the AUX-System Status Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned
off, then on.
DIG GMA1 MANIFEST – The digital audio controller has incorrect software
installed. The system should be serviced.
DIG GMA 1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
FAILED PATH – A data
path has failed.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63W
has failed.
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan
has been truncated.
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database
eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival used by a
stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current
arrival or approach.
Index
Appendix
Comments
DB MISMATCH –
Navigation database
mismatch. Xtalk is off.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
176
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1.
The receiver may still be available. The system should
be serviced when possible.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is
inoperative.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 2.
The system should be serviced.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 2.
The receiver may still be available. The system should
be serviced when possible.
Flight
Management
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1.
The system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
The AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
GDC1 MANIFEST –
GDC1 software mismatch, should be serviced.
communication halted.
Additional
Features
GDL59 CONFIG – GDL 59 GDL 59 configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
config error. Config
serviced.
service req’d.
GDL59 SERVICE – GDL
59 needs service. Return
unit for repair.
A fault has been detected in the GDL 59. The system
should be serviced.
Annunciations
& Alerts
A fault has been detected in the GDL 59 router. The
system should be serviced.
Abnormal
Operation
GDL59 FAIL – GDL 59 has A fault has been detected in the GDL 59. The receiver
is unavailable. The system should be serviced.
failed.
GDL59 RTR FAIL – The
GDL 59 router has failed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
177
Index
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has A failure has been detected in the GDL 69/69A or GDL
69/69A SXM. The receiver is unavailable. The system
failed.
should be serviced.
Appendix
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 GDL 69/69A SXM configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
config error. Config
should be serviced.
service req’d.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Audio Panel
and CNS
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is
inoperative.
EIS
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight
plan waypoint is locked. This occurs when an
navigation database update eliminates an obsolete
waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified
waypoint and flags this message. This can also occur
with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no
longer exists in any database, OR update the waypoint
name/identifier to reflect the new information.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight
plan waypoint is locked.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
GDL69 MANIFEST – GDL
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GDL 69/69A SXM has incorrect software installed.
The system should be serviced.
GEA #1 CM INOP –
COMM – Check GEA
config module
connection.
There is a problem with the GEA config module
connection. Check the connection.
GEA #1 CM INOP –
TEMP – Check GEA
config module cooling.
The GEA configuration module has insufficient cooling.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
GEA #1 INOP – CAL –
Check GEA rigging.
There is a problem with the GEA rigging. Check the
rigging.
GEA #1 INOP – CNFG –
Check GEA software and
configuration.
There is a problem with the GEA software
configuration. Check the configuration. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
GEA #1 INOP – INTRL –
GEA internal fault.
The GEA has an internal fault. The system should be
serviced.
GEA #1 INOP – SENS –
Check GEA configuration.
There is an error in the GEA configuration. Check the
configuration. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
GEA #1 INOP – VOLT –
Check GEA voltages.
The GEA voltage is low. Check GEA voltages.
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those
of backup configuration memory. The system should
be serviced.
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too
far North/South, no
magnetic compass.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved
AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as invalid.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are
incorrect.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1
audio config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA1 have an error in the audio configuration. The
system should be serviced.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA1 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
178
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
The GIA1 1 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1
needs service. Return the
unit for repair.
The GIA1 self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
The system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2
audio config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The
system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2
config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
over temperature.
The GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
The GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly.
Allow units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2
needs service. Return the
unit for repair.
The GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
The system should be serviced.
AFCS
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is
inoperative.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The
audio panel is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
Appendix
The audio panel configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
Annunciations
& Alerts
GMA1 AUX MANIFEST – The digital audio controller has incorrect software
installed. The system should be serviced.
GMA 1 AUX software
mismatch, communication
halted.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1
config error. Config
service req’d.
Hazard
Avoidance
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to
operate correctly. Allow units to warm up to operating
temperature.
Flight
Management
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The GIA1 temperature is too high. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
EIS
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
over temperature.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
179
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The
GMA1 MANIFEST –
system should be serviced.
GMA1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the
unit. Certain audio functions may still be available, and
the audio panel may still be usable. The system should
be serviced when possible.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The
GMU1 MANIFEST –
system should be serviced.
GMU1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation.
Insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. Position
error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. GPS fail.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS2 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GTS CONFIG – GTS
config error. Config
service req’d.
GTS 800 configuration settings do not match those of
the GDU configuration. The system should be serviced.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
180
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA1
communication halted.
A GIA mismatch has been detected; only one is SBAS
capable.
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA2
communication halted.
A GIA mismatch has been detected; only one is SBAS
capable.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside
airspace.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
INVALID ADM – Invalid
ADM: ATN
communication halted.
Data link avionics were not configured correctly and
therefore will not be able to communicate with the
ground network.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot
navigate locked flight
plan.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a
stored flight plan that contains locked waypoint.
Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update
flight plan with current waypoint.
LOI – GPS integrity lost.
Crosscheck with other
NAVS.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of
flight.
LRG MAG VAR – Verify
all course angles.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact
magnetic variance for geographic locations near the
magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may
differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than
2°.
MANIFEST – MFD1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The MFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
MANIFEST – PFD1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
EIS
HDG FAULT – AHRS1
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in the specified GDU is missing or invalid.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
MFD TERRAIN DSP –
MFD Terrain awareness
display unavailable.
Additional
Features
MFD SOFTWARE – MFD The specified GDU has different software versions
mismatch, communication installed. The system should be serviced.
halted.
181
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
MFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – MFD1
calibration. Return for
repair.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot be
found or is invalid. The system should be serviced.
MFD1 CARD 1 ERR –
Card 1 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified MFD
contains invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 2 ERR –
Card 2 is invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified
MFD contains invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 1 REM –
Card 1 was removed.
Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
MFD1 CARD 2 REM –
Card 2 was removed.
Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1
has poor cooling.
Reducing power usage.
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Airport Directory database
error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Chartview database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the ChartView database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
FliteCharts database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
multiple database errors
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in more than one database.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
182
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The MFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
EIS
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
obstacle database missing. is missing on the specified LRU.
The MFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1
[key name] is stuck.
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1
has low voltage. Reducing
power usage
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP – CAL
— Check COM
calibration.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 calibration version error. Check
COM calibration.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
CRNT — Check COM
current.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 current is low. Check COM
current.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
INTRL — Com internal
fault.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has an internal fault.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
SERIAL – Check NAV
serial communication.
Loss of NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 serial communication.
Check NAV serial communication.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
SYNTH LOCK – COM
synthesiser lock fault.
NNAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Audio Panel
and CNS
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Safe Taxi database error
exists.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
navigation database error
exists.
183
Message Advisory
Comments
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1 NAV1 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
software mismatch,
communication halted.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1
remote transfer key is
stuck.
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the NAV2 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
NON-MAGNETIC UNITS
–Non-magnetic NAV
ANGLE display units are
active.
Navigation angle is not set to MAGNETIC at power-up.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do
not use GPS for
navigation to [xxxx]
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not
calculated based on the WGS84 map reference datum
and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not
use GPS to navigate to the selected non-WGS84
waypoint.
PFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – PFD1
calibration lost. Return for
repair.
The PFD1 backlight calibration cannot be found or is
invalid. The system should be serviced.
PFD1 CARD 1 REM –
Card 1 was removed.
Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
PFD1 CARD 2 REM –
Card 2 was removed.
Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Hazard
Avoidance
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2
remote transfer key is
stuck.
AFCS
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2 NAV2 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Additional
Features
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
184
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1
has poor cooling.
Reducing power usage.
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Airport Directory database
error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Chartview database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the ChartView database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
FliteCharts database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
multiple database errors
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in more than one database.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
navigation database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
obstacle database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
obstaPFD1cle database
missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU.
EIS
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Audio Panel
and CNS
PFD 1DB ERR – PFD1 Safe The PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Taxi database error exists. Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1
config error. Config
service req’d.
185
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1
[key name] is stuck.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
PFD1 CARD 1 ERR – Card The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD
contains invalid data.
1 is invalid.
PFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified
PFD contains invalid data.
2 is invalid.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1
has low voltage. Reducing
power usage
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be
serviced.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1
[key name] is stuck.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The PFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
PFD1 TERRAIN DSP –
PFD1 Terrain awareness
display unavailable.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in PFD1 is missing or invalid.
PILOT RADIOS MUTED –
Pilot radios are muted.
The pilot radios are set on mute.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: invalid leg
type.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: past IAF.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: bad
geometry.
Bad parallel track geometry.
SCHEDULER [#] –
Message criteria entered by the user.
SLCT FREQ – Select
appropriate frequency for
approach.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach
frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver. Select the
correct frequency for the approach.
186
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
SLCT NAV – Select NAV
on CDI for approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the
correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the correct NAV
receiver.
SLCT NON-MAG – Select
alternate NAV ANGLE
display units.
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units
on the Avionics Settings Screen to True.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn
ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
STRMSCP FAIL –
Stormscope has failed.
Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.
SVT DISABLED – Out of
available terrain region.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not
within the boundaries of the installed terrain database.
SVT DISABLED – Terrain
DB resolution too low.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database
of sufficient resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is not
currently installed.
SW MISMATCH – GDU
software version
mismatch. Xtalk is off.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
SYSTEM CONFIG –
SYSTEM config error.
Config service req’d.
The system configuration has changed unexpectedly.
The system should be serviced.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn
Awareness audio config
error. Service req’d.
TAWS is disabled because the audio configuration is
invalid. The system should be serviced.
TERRAIN DISABLED –
Terrain Awareness DB
resolution too low.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of
sufficient resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is not
currently installed.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer
has expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic
device has failed.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic
system. The traffic device should be serviced.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn
Awareness audio source
unavailable
Terrain Awareness audio is unavailable. The system
should be serviced.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Audio Panel
and CNS
190–02131–02 Rev. A
EIS
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units
on the Avionics Settings Screen to Magnetic.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
SLCT MAG – Select
MAGNETIC NAV ANGLE
display units.
187
Message Advisory
Comments
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t
reach current vertical
waypoint.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached
within the maximum flight path angle and vertical
speed constraints. The system automatically transitions
to the next vertical waypoint.
VNV Unavailable –
Excessive crosstrack error.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing
vertical deviation to go invalid.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the
vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV Unavailable –
Unsupported leg type in
flight plan.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn,
vector, or other unsupported leg type prior to the
active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance
to the active vertical waypoint.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving
at waypoint -[xxxx]
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the
waypoint name.
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 –
Datalinik: ADS-B 1090
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL –
Transponder: XPDR1 is
unable to transmit ADS-B
messages.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
functions may be available. Service when possible.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
Transponder: ADS-B is not
transmitting position.
The transponder is not able to receive position
information.
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT –
Datalink: ADS-B in UAT
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
Appendix
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC –
Transponder: ADS-B traffic information.
has failed
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The transponder configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
Index
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
VNV Unavailable –
Parallel course selected.
Flight
Management
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing
VNV Unavailable –
Excessive track angle error. the vertical deviation to go invalid.
Hazard
Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
XPDR1 CSA FAIL - Traffic: ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
ADS-B In traffic alerting
has failed.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is
inoperative.
188
There is no communication with the #1 or #2
transponder.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B
information.
XPDR1 FIS-B WX –
Datalink: FIS-B Weather
has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
XPDR1 OVER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
over temp.
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
XPDR1 PRES ALT –
Transponder: ADS-B no
pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
under temp.
The system has detected an under temperature
condition in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
XTALK ERROR – A flight
display crosstalk error has
occurred.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each
other. The system should be serviced.
EIS
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink:
ADSB-B in has failed.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the
Stored Flight Plan Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Under certain conditions, the following messages may appear when a flight plan is
imported or exported from or to an SD card. Some messages may appear in conjunction
with others.
Abnormal
Operation
Flight Plan Import/Export
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
189
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Description
‘Flight plan successfully
imported.’
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was
successfully imported as a stored flight plan.
‘File contained user waypoints
only. User waypoints imported
successfully. No stored flight plan
data was modified.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a
flight plan, only user waypoints. These
waypoints have been saved to the system user
waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system
have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to
import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported
from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully
imported from the SD card, however others
had errors and were not imported. A partial
stored flight plan now exists in the system.
‘File contained user waypoints
only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a
flight plan, only user waypoints. One or more
of these waypoints did not import successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more
waypoints than the system can support. The
flight plan was imported with as many
waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or
more waypoints that the system cannot find in
the navigation database. The flight plan has
been imported, but must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not
all loaded.’
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user
waypoints. The quantity of stored user
waypoints has exceeded system capacity,
therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD
card have been imported. Any flight plan user
waypoints that were not imported are locked in
the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited
within the system before it can be activated for
use.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
190
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
‘Flight plan successfully
exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported
to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully
exported to the SD card. The SD card may not
have sufficient available memory or the card
may have been removed prematurely.
Table 22 Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
Hazard
Avoidance
CREW PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Flight
Management
One or more imported user waypoints were
renamed when imported due to naming
conflicts with waypoints already existing in the
system.
Audio Panel
and CNS
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Crew Profiles
AFCS
Additional
Features
System settings may be saved under a crew profile. When the system is powered on,
the last selected crew profile is shown on the MFD Power-up Screen. The system can
store up to 25 profiles; the currently active profile, the amount of memory used, and
the amount of memory available are shown at the top of the System Setup Page in the
box labeled “Crew Profile”. From here, crew profiles may be created, selected, renamed,
or deleted. Crew profiles may also be exported from the system to an SD card, or
imported from an SD card into the system.
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
Abnormal
Operation
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others:
Description
‘No crew profile files found.’
Displayed if the SD card does not have
one or more valid pilot profile filenames.
‘Overwrite existing profile?’
Displayed if the profile name matches
the name of existing profile.
Appendix
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a different Displayed if the profile name is invalid.
profile name.’
Displayed if the maximum number for
pilot profiles has been reached.
‘Crew profile import failed.’
Displayed if the importing operation fails
for any other reason.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
191
Index
‘All available crew profiles in use.
Delete a profile before importing
another.’
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Annunciations
& Alerts
Message
Message
Description
‘Crew profile import succeeded.’
Displayed if the importing operation
succeeds.
‘Overwrite existing file?’
Displayed if the filename matches the
name of an existing file on the SD card.
‘Crew profile export failed.’
Displayed if the export operation fails.
‘Crew profile export succeeded.’
Displayed if the export operation
succeeds.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Table 23 Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
192
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
APPENDIX
Softkey Function
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 1-8 Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
Flight
Management
Softkey Names
(displayed)
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (press)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Softkey On Softkey Subdued
EIS
Selection softkeys are located along the bottom of the displays. The softkeys shown
depend on the softkey level previously selected. The bezel keys below the softkey labels
can be used to select the appropriate softkey. There are three types of softkeys. One selects
a simple on/off state, indicated by an annunciator on the softkey label displayed as green
(on) or gray (off). The next type of softkey selects among several options, indicated by the
softkey label changing (with the exception of the Map Range keys) to reflect the name of
the chosen option. The last type of softkey, when pressed displays another set of softkeys
available for the selected function. Also, these softkeys revert to the previous level after 45
seconds of inactivity. When a softkey function is disabled, the softkey label is subdued
(dimmed).
Figure 44 Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
AFCS
PFD Softkeys
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
The following table describes PFD Softkey functions. Softkeys which display another
set of softkeys are indicated in the table by showing the given set as an increased level.
For example, the Map/HSI Softkey is shown in the Level 1 column. When pressed, the
Map/HSI Softkey will display another set of softkeys and these softkeys are explained in
the Level 2 column. If a softkey on Level 2 provides yet another set of softkey functions,
those new available softkeys are then explained in the Level 3 column, etc.
Additional
Features
The PFD softkeys provide control over the PFD display and some flight management
functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). Each softkey
sublevel has a Back Softkey which can be pressed to return to the previous level. If new
messages remain after acknowledgement, the Messages Softkey will show “Message” in
black text with a white background. The Messages Softkey is visible in all softkey levels.
For the top level softkeys and the transponder (XPDR) levels, the Ident Softkey remains
visible.
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
193
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
CAS
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Displays the scroll keys. Only
displayed when the number
of CAS messages exceeds the
capacity of the display
window.
CAS Up
Scroll up CAS messages
(Accessible only when the
CAS Softkey is displayed).
CAS Dn
Scroll down CAS messages
(Accessible only when the
CAS Softkey is displayed).
Map/HSI
Displays the PFD Map display
settings softkeys.
Layout
Hazard
Avoidance
Description
Displays the PFD Map
selection softkeys.
Map Off
Additional
Features
AFCS
Inset Map
Abnormal
Operation
Displays the Inset Map.
HSI Map
Displays the HSI Map.
Inset Trfc
Replaces the Inset Map with a
dedicated traffic display.
HSI Trfc
Detail
Removes the PFD map from
display (Inset or Traffic).
Replaces the HSI Map with a
dedicated traffic display.
Selects desired amount of
map detail:
• All (No Declutter): All map
Annunciations
& Alerts
features visible.
• Detail 1: Removes everything
except for the active flight
plan.
• Detail 2: Declutters land and
Appendix
SUA data.
• Detail
3: Declutters land
data.
Index
Traffic
194
Displays traffic information on
PFD Map.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
TER
Description
• Topo: Displays topographical
EIS
data (e.g., coastlines, terrain,
rivers, lakes) and elevation
scale on PFD Map.
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
• REL: Displays relative terrain
on
the
PFD
Audio Panel
and CNS
information
Map.
• Off: Removes terrain
Displays Connext weather
and coverage on PFD Map.
Displays XM NEXRAD
weather and coverage on PFD
Map (subscription optional).
Lightning
Adds/removes the display of
SiriusXM lightning
information on PFD Map
(optional).
Disables lightning function on
PFD Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when
the lightning function is off.
Datalink
Selects the data link weather
source for the PFD Map.
PFD Opt
Displays second-level softkeys
for additional PFD options.
SVT
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Displays additional SVT
overlay softkeys. (optional)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
195
Index
Replaces the PFD Map with a
dedicated traffic display. The
default display is the Inset
Map.
Appendix
TFC Map
Annunciations
& Alerts
LTNG Off
Abnormal
Operation
Displays METAR information
on PFD Map (subscription
optional).
Additional
Features
METAR
AFCS
PRECIP
or
NEXRAD
Hazard
Avoidance
Displays/removes the name of
the selected data link weather
provider (SiriusXM) and the
weather product icon and
age box (for enabled weather
products).
Flight
Management
WX LGND
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Pathways
Displays compass heading
along the Zero-Pitch line.
APT Sign
Displays position markers for
airports within approximately
15 nm of the current aircraft
position. Airport identifiers
are displayed when the
airport is within
approximately 9 nm.
Hazard
Avoidance
Wire
Wind
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
196
Displays power lines on the
Synthetic Vision Display.
Displays the wind option
softkeys.
Off
DME
Enables synthetic terrain
depiction.
HDG LBL
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Terrain
Description
Displays Pathway Boxes on
the Synthetic Vision Display.
Wind information not
displayed.
Option 1
Wind direction arrow and
speed.
Option 2
Headwind/Tailwind and
crosswind components and
wind direction arrow.
Option 3
Wind direction arrow with
direction and speed.
Displays DME Information
(optional).
Bearing 1
Cycles the Bearing 1
Information Window through
NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived
distance information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Bearing 2
Cycles the Bearing 2
Information Window through
NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived
distance information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
ALT Units
Displays softkeys to select
altitude unit parameters.
Meters
Press to display the BARO
setting as inches of mercury.
Press to display the BARO
setting as hectopascals.
Cycles through GPS, NAV1,
and NAV2 navigation modes
on the CDI.
ADF/DME
Displays the ADF/DME Tuning
Window, allowing selection
and tuning of the ADF and
DME (optional).
Selects transponder Standby
Mode (transponder does not
reply to any interrogations).
On
Activates transponder
(transponder replies to
identification interrogations).
Alt
Altitude Reporting Mode
(transponder replies to
identification and altitude
interrogations).
VFR
Automatically enters the VFR
code (1200 in the U.S.A.
only).
197
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Appendix
Standby
Annunciations
& Alerts
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Displays the transponder
selection softkeys.
Abnormal
Operation
XPDR
Additional
Features
CDI
AFCS
Selects OBS mode on the CDI
when navigating by GPS (only
available with active leg).
When OBS is on, the softkey
annunciator is green.
Hazard
Avoidance
OBS
Flight
Management
Sets barometric pressure to
29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if
metric units are selected) and
returns to top-level softkeys.
Audio Panel
and CNS
HPA
When enabled, displays
overlays altimeter with
meters.
EIS
IN
STD Baro
Description
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Code
Description
Use numbers to enter code.
EIS
Ident
Activates the Special Position
Identification (SPI) pulse for
18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the
ATC screen.
BKSP
Removes numbers entered,
one at a time.
Flight
Management
0–7
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displays transponder code
selection softkeys 0-7.
Hazard
Avoidance
Ident
Additional
Features
AFCS
Ident
Activates the Special Position
Identification (SPI) pulse for
18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the
ATC screen.
TMR/REF
Displays Timer ‘References’
Window.
Nearest
Displays ‘Nearest Airports’
Window.
Messages or
Message
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Activates the Special Position
Identification (SPI) pulse for
18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the
ATC screen.
System generated messages
cause the Messages Softkey
label to change from
Messages to a flashing
‘Message’ label. Pressing the
Message Softkey opens the
‘Messages’ Window,
acknowledges the message,
and the softkey reverts to the
‘Messages’ label.
Table 24 PFD Softkeys
MFD Softkeys
Index
The MFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS,
NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). There are many softkey functions available
on the MFD depending on the page group and screen selected.
198
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Description
Engine
Returns to previously shown
softkeys.
Tabs
Decreases calculated fuel
remaining by 1 gallon for each
softkey press.
INCFuel
Increases calculated fuel
remaining by 1 gallon for each
softkey press.
RSTFuel
Resets calculated fuel remaining
to default and resets fuel used to
zero.
CO RST
Resets the CO Guardian
Abnormal
Operation
Displays second level Map
Options softkeys
Displays traffic information on
Navigation Map Page.
Inset
Displays inset window second
level softkeys.
Removes VSD inset from
Navigation Map Page.
Appendix
Off
Annunciations
& Alerts
Traffic
Additional
Features
Map Opt
AFCS
DEC Fuel
Hazard
Avoidance
Resets displayed fuel remaining
to filler tab level and fuel used to
zero
Flight
Management
Displays EIS - Engine Page and
second-level engine softkeys;
press again to exit page (see the
EIS Section for more
information).
Audio Panel
and CNS
Engine
EIS
Lvl 1
Flight
Instruments
The following table provides an example of the MFD Softkey functions accessed from
the Navigation Map screen. Further information concerning softkeys providing more
navigation and flight planning functions may be found in the Flight Management
Section. Terrain, traffic, and weather softkey descriptions may be found in the Hazard
Avoidance section. Further description of optional equipment and corresponding
softkey functions may be found in the Additional Features Section.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
199
Appendix
Lvl 2
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Lvl 3
Description
VSD
Displays VSD profile information
of terrain/obstacles along the
current track, vertical track
vector, and selected altitude.
Automatically displays
either VSD profile information
for active flight plan information
or along current track with no
active flight plan.
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Auto:
Displays VSD profile
information for active flight
plan.
Flight
Management
• FPL:
• TRK:
Displays VSD profile
information along current track.
Hazard
Avoidance
TER
Displays terrain on the map;
cycles through the following:
No terrain information
shown on MFD Map.
AFCS
• Off:
Displays topographical
data (e.g., coastlines, terrain,
rivers, lakes) and elevation scale
on MFD Map.
Additional
Features
• Topo:
• REL: Displays relative terrain
information on the MFD Map.
Abnormal
Operation
AWY
Displays airways on the map;
cycles through the following:
• Off: No airways are displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
• On: All airways are displayed.
• LO: Only low altitude airways
are displayed.
• HI: Only high altitude airways
Index
Appendix
are displayed.
200
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather
and coverage on Navigation
Map Page (optional).
XM LTNG
Displays XM lightning
information on Navigation Map
Page (optional).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Description
Displays METAR information on
PFD Map (subscription optional).
Legend
Displays legends for the
displayed XM Weather products
(optional).
Detail
• Detail All: All map features
Audio Panel
and CNS
Selects desired amount of map
detail; cycles through the
following levels:
EIS
METAR
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
visible.
• Detail-2: Declutters land and
Flight
Management
• Detail-3: Declutters land data.
SUA data.
Removes everything
except for the active flight plan.
Charts
Show Map displays the
applicable ‘WPT — Airport
Information’ Page upon the map
for the chart currently selected.
Chart displays the chart for the
‘WPT — Airport Information’
Page that is currently selected
and returns to the Charts Level
2 Softkeys.
Info
Displays departure procedure
chart.
STAR
Displays standard terminal arrival
procedure chart.
APR
Displays approach procedure
chart.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
201
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
DP
Pressing the Info 1 or Info 2
Softkey returns to the airport
diagram when the view is on a
different chart.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Show Map
or
Chart
Abnormal
Operation
Displays chart display settings
softkeys (if available).
Additional
Features
CHRT Opt
AFCS
When available, displays optional
airport and terminal procedure
charts (optional).
Hazard
Avoidance
• Detail-1:
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Lvl 3
WX
NOTAM
EIS
Checklist
Description
Displays weather information.
Displays NOTAM information for
selected airport, when available.
When available, displays optional
checklists.
Table 25 MFD Navigation Map Page Softkeys
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database.
Power interruption during the database loading process could result in
maintenance being required to reboot the system.
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ system messages
will be displayed until database synchronization is complete, followed by turning
system power off, then on. Synchronization can be monitored on the Aux Database Page.
Databases may be loaded through Garmin Pilot and Flight Stream 510. When loading
databases through Garmin Pilot and the Flight Stream 510, it must be enabled on the
system and the multimedia card inserted in the bottom SD slot of the MFD.
The cycles and dates for both standby and active databases are displayed on the “Aux –
Databases” page on the MFD. Any active databases with expiration dates in the past will
be highlighted with amber text. When an expired active database has a standby database
that is ready to become effective, a cyan double-sided arrow will be displayed between the
database cycles. When this arrow is visible, it indicates that the standby and active
databases in that row will be switched on the next power cycle, activating the current
standby database. Databases can also be manually selected (or deselected) by highlighting
a list item and pressing the ENT key, provided a valid, verified standby database is
present.
Appendix
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to
make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database features.
The navigation database contains the aeronautical data used by the system for the flight
management and flight planning functions. Included is detailed data for waypoints,
procedures (arrivals, departures, approaches), and airways. The navigation database is
updated every 28 days.
Index
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Flight
Management
Loading Updated Databases
Hazard
Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
Lvl 2
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as
rivers, lakes, and towns. It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no
expiration date.
202
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Hazard
Avoidance
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These
diagrams aid in following ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft
position on the map in relation to taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This
database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
Flight
Management
The AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports
throughout the U.S. or worldwide, respectively. The AOPA Directory offers detailed
information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of
thousands of FBOs. These databases are updated every 56 days. The AC-U-KWIK
Directory offers detailed information for more than 8,000 airports with runways longer
than 3,000 feet worldwide.
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data,
but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
EIS
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential
hazard to aircraft. Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is
very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not
be contained in the obstacle database. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
Flight
Instruments
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. These databases are updated
periodically and have no expiration date.
AFCS
The ChartView database is updated on a 14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not
updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no longer function. The
ChartView database must be purchased directly from Jeppesen, but can be update d at
jeppesen.com or flygarmin.com.
Additional
Features
The IFR/VFR charts database contains VFR and IFR raster charts. The VFR Charts are
digital representations of the Sectional Aeronautical Charts and Terminal Area Charts. The
IFR Charts include both IFR High (designed for navigation at or above 18,000 ft) and IFR
Low (designed for navigation below 18,000 ft). IFR/VFR Charts are updated every 28 days
except for Canadian IFR/VFR Charts which are updated every 56 days.
Abnormal
Operation
Database Updates Using A Supplemental Data (SD) Card
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
203
Index
Database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the
‘Aviation Databases’ section of the Garmin website (flygarmin.com). Once the updated
files have been downloaded from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD
Appendix
All databases are updated through a single SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
When the card is inserted, the databases on the card will be copied to standby and
synchronized across all powered, configured units. After update, the card is removed
and the databases are stored on the system. When in standby, databases are not
immediately available for use, but stored to be activated at a later time.
Annunciations
& Alerts
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This
database is updated on a 28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration
date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
card reader is used to unpack and program the new databases onto an existing
Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:
• Windows-compatible PC computer
• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or
EIS
equivalent
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to
make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database
features.
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux Databases page):
1)
Insert the Flight Stream Multimedia Card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
2)
Press the Update softkey when the Database Update screen appears.
Figure 45 Database Update Available
3)
The Flight Stream 510 will enter WI-FI mode. The following screen will appear.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Supplemental SD Cards
204
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 46 Starting Database Transfer
5)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 WI-FI (refer to the
Additional Features section). The ‘WI-FI Not Connected’ screen will close when
the WI-FI connection is established.
6)
When the transfer is complete, the following screen will appear.
Hazard
Avoidance
Put the mobile device in WI-FI mode (refer to the Additional Features section).
Flight
Management
4)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 47 Database Transfer Complete
Press the Close softkey.
8)
When an existing database is expired and a new one is ready to become active,
a ‘Database Expired’ window will appear. Continue to the next step to restart
the system.
Annunciations
& Alerts
7)
Appendix
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
205
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
9)
Select the Restart softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
10) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
12) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Figure 48 Database Expired
206
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 49 Databases Page with Updated Databases
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
Updating Databases from the Aux - Databases page:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Database page group on the MFD.
4)
Press the Device Softkey.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
Index
With the system OFF, insert the Flight Stream Multimedia Card in the bottom
slot of the MFD.
Appendix
1)
Abnormal
Operation
a)
Additional
Features
14) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
AFCS
13) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
207
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
5)
The Aux - Databases page will show the databases connected to the mobile
device in place of the active databases on the system. Databases selected to
load will be indicated by a cyan arrow.
6)
Press the Update softkey. The Flight Stream 510 will enter WI-FI mode.
7)
Put the mobile device in WI-FI mode (refer to the Additional Features section).
8)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 WI-FI (refer to the
Additional Features section).
9)
The Database Update status will appear in the Status window at the top of the
page.
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
10) Select the Restart softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
11) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
Additional
Features
AFCS
12) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
13) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
14) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
a)
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
15) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
208
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 50 Databases Page with Updated Databases
Additional
Features
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the
navigation database. At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that
presently being used by the AHRS. If the system determines the MV DB needs to be
updated, a prompt is displayed on the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 51 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
Appendix
With ‘OK’ highlighted, as shown in Figure B-6 above, press the ENT Key on the
MFD. A progress monitor is displayed as shown in Figure 52. When the upload
is complete, the system is ready for use.
Index
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
209
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 52 Uploading Database
Map Symbols
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed.
Each listed type of symbol can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display
each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the symbols from the map using the Detail
Softkey is also discussed.
Additional
Features
Land Symbols
Default Range
(nm)
Max Range (nm)
Abnormal
Operation
User Waypoint
25
40
Highways and
Roads
N/A
N/A
Annunciations
& Alerts
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Interstate Highway
(Freeway)
50
400
International
Highway (Freeway)
50
400
US Highway
(National
Highway)
15
150
State Highway
(Local Highway)
2.5
100
4
25
Index
Appendix
Land Symbols
Local Road (Local
Road)
210
Symbol
N/A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Railroads
(RAILROAD)
7.5
25
Large City (>
200,000)
100
1000
Medium City (>
50,000)
50
400
Small City (>
5,000)
25
100
State/Province
400
1000
River/Lake
75
100
Latitude/Longitude
(LAT/LON)
1
1000
EIS
Max Range (nm)
Symbol
Flight
Instruments
Default Range
(nm)
Land Symbols
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 26 Land Symbol Information
Aviation Symbols
AFCS
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Large Airport (Longest
Runway >8100 ft)
100
1000
Medium Airport (8100 ft
> Longest Runway
>5000 ft, or Longest
Runway < 5000 ft with
control tower)
50
400
Small Airport (Longest
Runway < 5000 ft
without control tower)
25
150
1.5
5
7.5
150
N/A
N/A
Runway Extension
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Index
Missed Approach
Preview On/Off (Missed
APR)
Appendix
See Additional Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
Taxiways (SafeTaxi)
Abnormal
Operation
Max Range
(nm)
Symbols
Additional
Features
Default
Range
(nm)
Aviation Symbols
N/A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
211
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Default
Range
(nm)
Max Range
(nm)
Intersection (INT)
25
40
Non-directional Beacon
(NDB)
25
50
VOR
50
250
N/A
N/A
Visual Reporting Point
(VRP)
25
1000
Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR)
250
1000
VNAV Constraints
1000
1000
N/A
N/A
EIS
Aviation Symbols
Symbols
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
VOR Compass Rose
On/Off
N/A
AFCS
(VNAV Constraints)
Show All (show all
constraints within flight
plan if VNAV Constraints
are ‘On’ above)
N/A
Table 27 Aviation Symbol Information
Additional
Features
Airspace Symbols
Abnormal
Operation
The following items are configured on the airspace menu:
Symbol
Default
Range
(nm)
Max Range
(nm)
Smart Airspace On/Off
N/A
N/A
N/A
Airspace Altitude Labels
(Airspace ALT LBL) On/Off:
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Annunciations
& Alerts
Airspace Symbols
• Class B Airspace
Appendix
Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
• Class C Airspace
Index
Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
• Class D Airspace
Altitude Label (ceiling)
212
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Appendix
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS
B/TMA)
50
150
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS
C/TCA)
50
100
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
10
100
Alert/Prohibited/Restricted/
Warning Areas (RESTRICTED)
50
100
Military Operations Area
[MOA(MILITARY)]
50
250
Other/Air Defense Interdiction
Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
50
250
EIS
Max Range
(nm)
Symbol
Flight
Instruments
Default
Range
(nm)
Airspace Symbols
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 28 Airspace Symbol Information
Symbol Setup
Additional
Features
Item
AFCS
All navigation maps can display land, aviation and airspace symbols. Symbol types
(e.g. runway extensions, railroads) can be removed individually. The range sets the
maximum range at which items appear on the display. For example, enabling “Runway
Extension” displays a dashed line on the map extending from each runway of an airport
in the flight plan when the range is set at or below the value of the map settings option.
Symbol
Abnormal
Operation
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
Map Pointer (when panning)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Measuring Pointer
Appendix
User Waypoint
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Parallel Track Waypoint
Index
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Displayed when aircraft GPS location is valid, but
heading is invalid.
190–02131–02 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
213
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Item
Symbol
Top of Descent (TOD)
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
214
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper PA-28–181
190–02131–02 Rev. A
INDEX
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Bearing Pointers
Selecting bearing sources....................5
Blue-Select Mode................................. 23
Bluetooth............................................. 28
Audio Panel
and CNS
B
EIS
C
Carbon Monoxide Detector.................. 13
CAS Messages....................................154
I-1
Index
Abnormal GPS Conditions.................. 147
Activating Data Link Weather Services
Establishing an account.....................91
SiriusXM Weather activation............. 91
ADS-B Traffic
ADS-B Traffic Status........................ 115
Altitude range.................................113
Changing the display range............ 114
Display of ADS-B traffic...................112
Motion Vector.................................114
Motion Vector display..................... 113
Showing additional traffic............... 114
Testing............................................ 112
Airport
Nearest Airport Information on MFD. 38
Nearest Airport Information on PFD.. 38
Nearest Surface/Runway Length Match
.........................................................39
Select & Review by ID, name, or
location............................................ 37
Viewing Destination..........................38
Viewing Runway Information............ 38
Airspace
Changing altitude buffer distance..... 46
Displaying/Removing Alt Labels......... 46
Reviewing Information...................... 33
Selecting and Viewing Alert
Information.......................................47
Turning On or Off Alert..................... 46
Turning Smart Airspace On/Off..........47
Airway
Adding to Flight Plan........................ 58
Displaying and Removing.................. 36
Selecting Range................................ 36
Along Track Offset
Entering Offset Distance................... 66
Altimeter
Altimeter pressure...............................2
Altitude display units...........................1
Barometric Pressure.............................2
Standard barometric........................... 2
Altimeter Baro Transition Alerts
Baro Transition Alerts.......................... 3
Altimeter Overlays
Altitude overlays................................. 2
Altimeter Selected Altitude
Selected Altitude.................................2
Altitude Constraint
Chart................................................ 74
Deleting a Manual Entry....................75
Entering/Modifying........................... 75
Invalid Causes................................... 75
Reverting Manual back to Original.... 76
Annunciations.................................... 153
Power Up........................................145
Approach
Activating a Loaded With Vectors to
Final..................................................83
Activating a Previously Loaded.......... 83
Loading Into Active FP Using PROC Key
.........................................................80
Loading into Active from Nearest
Airport Page..................................... 81
Loading into Stored FP...................... 59
Loading/Activating Visual Approach.. 84
Loading/Activating w/MENU Key.......83
Removing from Active FP.................. 82
Arrival
Loading into Active FP with PROC Key
.........................................................79
Loading into Stored FP...................... 59
Removing from Active FP.................. 80
Audio Panel
Preflight............................................29
Auto-Tuning
COM................................................ 15
NAV..................................................16
Flight
Instruments
A
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
Cell Movement (SiriusXM)
Cell Movement................................. 99
Cell Movement with NEXRAD........... 99
Cloud Tops (SiriusXM)
Cloud Tops........................................99
COM Tuning Failure............................147
Command Bar Format
Command Bar Format.........................1
County Warnings (SiriusXM)
Displaying County Warning.............102
Crew Profile....................................... 191
Import/Export Messages..................191
Cyclone (SiriusXM)
Displaying cyclone information........102
D
Data Link Lightning (SiriusXM, Garmin
Connext)
Data Link Lightning...........................99
Databases
Information.....................................146
Updates from any MFD Page...........204
Updates from the Aux - Databases
Page............................................... 207
Updates Using an SD Card.............. 203
Dead Reckoning Mode....................... 151
Departure
Loading Into Active FP using PROC Key
.........................................................78
Loading Into Stored FP...................... 59
Removing from Active FP.................. 79
Direct-To
Cancelling.........................................50
Manual Course Selection.................. 49
Reselecting Direct from Present Position
.........................................................49
Direct-To Destination
Entering waypoint, facility, or city......47
Selecting Active Flight Plan Waypoint 48
Selecting Any Waypoint.................... 48
Selecting Nearby Airport................... 49
Selecting Nearest, Recent, or User
Waypoint.......................................... 48
Selecting Waypoint with Pointer........49
DME
DME Information Window.................. 5
I-2
DME Pairing......................................... 18
E
Echo Tops (SirisuXM)
Displaying......................................... 98
Electronic Checklist.............................142
Emergency Frequency.........................147
Engine Indication System (EIS).................9
Engine Page......................................... 10
F
FIS-B Weather Status.......................... 156
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather....
104
Viewing FIS-B status........................104
Flight Plan
Activating Pending............................55
Adding Airway..................................58
Deleting All Pending......................... 56
Deleting Pending.............................. 56
Exporting to SD Card........................ 53
Ignore Pending Transfer from Wireless
.........................................................54
Import/Export Messages..................189
Importing from an SD Card............... 52
Previewing Pending Transfer from
Wireless............................................ 54
INDEX
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Flight Plan, Stored
Activating Stored on MFD................. 60
Adding a Waypoint........................... 56
Adding Approach............................. 59
Adding Arrival...................................59
Adding Departure............................. 59
Changing Stored FP Comment..........63
Copying Stored FP on MFD............... 61
Creating Stored................................ 51
Deleting Airway from Stored............. 62
Deleting Procedure from Stored........ 62
Deleting Stored (All) FPs.................... 64
Deleting Stored FP............................ 63
Deleting Waypoint from Stored.........61
Inverting/Activating Stored on MFD...61
Storing Active from Page or Window 60
Storing Pending................................ 54
Viewing Stored FP Info......................60
Freezing Level (SiriusXM)
Displaying Freezing Level.................101
Frequency Spacing................................16
Fuel Totalizer
Adjusting and Resetting.................... 13
Flight
Instruments
G
H
Appendix
Index
I-3
Annunciations
& Alerts
Holding
Creating User-Defined at Active FP WPT
.........................................................69
Creating User-Defined at Direct-To WPT
.........................................................70
Creating User-Defined at Present
Position.............................................69
Editing User-Defined......................... 70
Exiting Active FP User-Defined Hold...71
Removing Active FP User-Defined Hold
.........................................................71
Removing Off-Route User-Defined Hold
.........................................................71
Abnormal
Operation
Garmin Connext Weather
Weather product age........................ 93
Generic Timer
Generic Timer..................................... 5
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Dead Reckoning Mode....................151
Additional
Features
Flight Plan, Active
Activating Leg...................................64
Adding Waypoint to Active............... 57
Approach Loading Using Nearest Pg. 81
Approach Loading Using PROC Key.. 80
Approach, Removing........................ 82
Arrival Loading with PROC Key......... 79
Arrival, Removing..............................80
Changing Active FP Comment.......... 66
Changing View................................. 67
Closest Point in Active FP to a WPT... 68
Collapsing/Expanding Airways in Active
.........................................................68
Creating Active................................. 51
Creating/Adding User Waypoints to
Active............................................... 57
Deleting Active................................. 65
Deleting Airway from Active............. 65
Deleting Procedure from Active.........66
Deleting Waypoint from Active......... 65
Departure Loading............................ 78
Departure, Removing........................ 79
Exiting User-Defined Hold................. 71
Inverting Active.................................64
Missed Approach, Activating.............83
Procedure Loading............................ 78
Removing User-Defined Hold............ 71
Split Screen Map Display................... 68
Split Screen with Charts.................... 68
User-Defined Hold at Direct-to WPT.. 70
User-Defined Hold at PP.................... 69
User-Defined Hold at WPT.................69
Visual Approach Loading/Activating.. 84
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI
HSI Map..............................................3
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
Navigation angle.................................4
Selected Course.................................. 4
Selected Heading................................ 3
HSI FMS CDI Setting
FMS CDI setting.................................. 4
HSI Navigation Sources
Changing navigation sources.............. 4
I
Icing (CIP & SLD) (SiriusXM)
Displaying icing information............102
IDENT Function.....................................19
Intercom...............................................20
Intercom Modes................................... 21
Intersection
Selection...........................................39
AFCS
L
Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
Failure.............................................153
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
M
Magnetic Field Variation Database...... 209
Manual Tuning
COM................................................ 15
NAV..................................................16
Map
Airspace Symbols............................ 212
Aviation Symbols............................ 211
Land Symbols..................................211
Symbol Setup..................................213
METARs and TAFs
Displaying METAR and TAF..............100
Displaying original METAR text........101
Displaying original METAR text on the
Active Flight Plan............................ 100
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height Alerting
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height................................................ 6
Missed Approach
Activating in Active FP.......................83
I-4
Modifying Vspeed Bugs
Vspeed Reference Bugs.......................1
Multi Function Display (MFD)
Power Up........................................145
Softkeys..........................................198
N
Navigation
Dead Reckoning Mode....................151
Navigation Data Bar
Changing a Field...............................31
Navigation Map
Auto North Up..................................31
Changing Orientation....................... 31
Configuring Automatic Zoom........... 32
Decluttering......................................35
Displaying Topo data on MFD............34
Panning............................................ 32
Setting Topographic Display.............. 34
Setting up Additional Group Items.... 37
Setting up Land, Aviation or Airspace35
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
Displaying FIS-B NEXRAD.................. 98
Displaying FIS-B NEXRAD on the
Navigation Map Page........................98
NEXRAD weather product on the
Weather Data Link (FIS-B)..................97
NEXRAD (SiriusXM)
Coverage region............................... 97
NEXRAD weather MFD navigation
maps................................................ 97
NEXRAD weather PFD maps..............97
Weather Data Link (XM) Page........... 97
Non-Directional Beacon (NDB)
Selection...........................................39
Normal Operating Mode.....................146
O
OBS Mode
OBS Mode.......................................... 5
P
Parallel Track
Activating......................................... 67
Cancelling.........................................67
INDEX
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
I-5
Flight
Management
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs.... 100
Softkeys
Function......................................... 193
Multi Function Display (MFD).......... 198
Primary Flight Display (PFD)............. 193
Speaker................................................ 20
Split Screen
Displaying Active FP Map.................. 68
Viewing Charts and Active FP............68
Split-PA Mode...................................... 20
Surface Analysis and City Forecast
(SiriusXM)
Displaying Surface Analysis and City
Forecast.......................................... 101
SVT in Reversionary Mode.................. 149
SVT Operation
Airport Signs.......................................7
Horizon Headings............................... 7
Pathways............................................ 7
SVT display......................................... 7
SVT Troubleshooting...........................148
SVT Unusual Attitudes........................ 150
System Messages................................172
System Status............................. 161, 166
Audio Panel
and CNS
S
EIS
R
Reversionary Mode............................. 146
Runway
Selection...........................................37
T
TAS Traffic
Customizing traffic display.............. 111
Flight ID.......................................... 111
HSI Traffic Map............................... 112
PFD Traffic Overlay.......................... 112
TAS/TCAS I Traffic
Display range.................................. 111
Displaying traffic............................. 109
TAS/TCAS I Operating Mode........... 110
Testing the Traffic System................ 109
Traffic information (MFD navigation
maps)............................................. 111
Temperature Compensation Altitude
Cancelling.........................................85
Manually Activating.......................... 84
Temperature Displays
Temperature display............................ 6
Terrain Displays
Aviation information....................... 105
Customizing display........................ 104
FLTA Alerting...................................106
Relative terrain information.............104
Terrain page....................................105
Track Mode Boundary display..........106
Vertical Situation Display................. 105
VSD Mode...................................... 106
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays
.......................................................... 157
TFRS
Displaying TFR Data........................ 103
Setting up and customizing TFR data
for maps......................................... 104
Three Dimensional (3D) Audio.............. 25
Topography
Display/Remove Scale........................35
Range Setting................................... 34
Traffic Information Service
Customizing traffic display.............. 108
Muting........................................... 109
PFD Inset or HSI Map...................... 107
TIS modes....................................... 109
Traffic map page............................. 108
Traffic Overlays................................107
Transponder Code Entry....................... 19
Flight
Instruments
PIREPs and AIREPs
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text...... 103
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Map Decluttering..............................36
Power Up........................................145
Setting Topographic Display.............. 34
Softkeys..........................................193
Procedure Loading
Available Procedures at Airport......... 77
Into Active FP from Information Page 78
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
Transponder Mode Selection................ 19
Trip Statistics
Calculations via Manual Data Entry... 88
Selecting Automatic or Manual Page
Mode................................................87
Selecting Flight Plan and Leg.............87
Selecting Flight Plan or Waypoint Mode
.........................................................87
Turbulence (SiriusXM)
Displaying turbulence information...103
U
User Waypoint
Changing Storage Duration Setting...45
Creating from Information Page........41
Creating from Map Pages................. 42
Creating/Adding to Active FP............ 57
Deleting All.......................................45
Deleting Individual............................ 45
Renaming......................................... 44
Resetting Comments to Automate.... 44
Selection...........................................41
V
Vertical Navigation (VNV)
Activating Direct-To...........................72
Altitude Constraints.......................... 72
Enabling/Disabling Guidance.............71
Entering Along-Track Offset for WPT.50
Modifying VS TGT and FPA............... 72
Procedure WPT Manual Designation..74
Removing Altitude Constraint........... 50
WPT Manual Designation..................74
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)
Disabling...........................................76
Enabling........................................... 76
VHF Omni-directional Range (VOR)
Selection...........................................40
Visual Reporting Point (VRP)
Selection...........................................40
Voice Alerts........................................ 171
Vspeed Bugs
Vspeed Reference Bugs.......................1
I-6
W
Waypoint
Adding to Active FP.......................... 57
Adding to Stored FP..........................56
Change Existing WPT to Present
Position.............................................44
Editing Comment or Location........... 43
Measuring bearing/distance between33
Reviewing Information...................... 33
Selecting for Waypoint Mode............87
Weather Data Link Page Softkeys
Customizing the Weather Data Link
Page................................................. 94
Map orientation................................95
Restoring default Weather................ 95
Viewing legends............................... 94
Weather Product Map Overlay
Weather legend................................ 96
Weather Product Map Overlays
Customizing weather data................ 96
Data Link Weather products..............96
Displaying Data Link Weather........... 95
Weather product icon and age display
.........................................................96
Weather product Sysmbols
Changing the data link weather source
.........................................................94
Weight and Balance
Entering Basic Empty Weight............ 85
Entering Cargo Weight..................... 86
Entering Fuel on Board Weight......... 86
Entering Fuel Reserves Weight.......... 87
Entering Passenger Number.............. 86
Entering Passenger Weight............... 86
Entering Pilot/Stores Weight..............86
Wind Data
Wind data.......................................... 6
Winds Aloft
Displaying....................................... 101
Vertical Situation Display................. 102
Winds aloft data display for the VSD....
102
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising